Compiling on armv7 results in:
tools/renesas_spkgimage.c: In function ‘spkgimage_parse_config_line’:
tools/renesas_spkgimage.c:76:66: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects
argument of type ‘long int’, but argument 3 has type ‘size_t’
{aka ‘unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
76 | "config error: unknown keyword on line %ld\n",
| ~~^
| |
| long int
| %d
77 | line_num);
| ~~~~~~~~
| |
| size_t {aka unsigned int}
The correct printf specifier for size_t is '%zu'.
Fixes: afdfcb11f9 ("tools: spkgimage: add Renesas SPKG format")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
For changing the USB OTG node status from "okay" to "disabled" more
space is needed, so call fdt_increase_size() to avoid the following
error:
```
U-Boot 2023.07-rc5-0.0.0-devel+git.580eb31199be (Jun 27 2023 - 13:39:58 +0000)
CPU: Freescale i.MX7S rev1.2 800 MHz (running at 792 MHz)
CPU: Extended Commercial temperature grade (-20C to 105C) at 30C
Reset cause: POR
DRAM: initcall sequence 8786eafc failed at call 8781b351 (err=-3)
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
```
Ideally, fdt_status_disabled() should call fdt_increase_size() internally,
so that there would be no need for manually calling it in board code.
Do it manually for now to fix the regression.
Based on the code from board/CZ.NIC/turris_omnia/turris_omnia.c.
Reported-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Tested-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com> # Toradex Colibri iMX7S
Currently, spl_end points to the __bss_end address, which
is an external RAM address instead of the end of the SPL text
section in the internal RAM.
This causes boot failures on imx6-colibri, for example:
```
Trying to boot from MMC1
SPL: Image overlaps SPL
resetting ...
```
Fix this problem by assigning spl_end to _image_binary_end, as this
symbol properly represents the end of the SPL text section.
From u-boot-spl.map:
.end
*(.__end)
0x00000000009121a4 _image_binary_end = .
Fixes: 77aed22b48 ("spl: spl_legacy: Add extra address checks")
Reported-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # DH i.MX6Q DHCOM PDK2
Pass _image_binary_end to make a standard way to indicate the end
of the text section in SPL.
The motivation for this is to have a uniform way to handle
the SPL boundary checks.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass _image_binary_end to make a standard way to indicate the end
of the text section in SPL.
The motivation for this is to have a uniform way to handle
the SPL boundary checks.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use of CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE=y cause CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT=n as
default, this prevent boot scripts in legacy image format from working
and was an unintended change in the listed fixes commits:
Wrong image format for "source" command
Add CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT=y to defconfig for affected boards to
restore support for boot scripts in legacy image format.
Fixes: 3bf8e40807 ("board: rockchip: add Radxa ROCK5B Rk3588 board")
Fixes: cf777572ca ("rockchip: rockpro64: Use SDMA to boost eMMC performance")
Fixes: 6e2b8344d6 ("rockchip: rock-pi-4: Use SDMA to boost eMMC performance")
Fixes: 1bf49d5a4a ("rockchip: rk3566-radxa-cm3-io: Update defconfig")
Fixes: 703c170b40 ("rockchip: rk3568-evb: Update defconfig")
Fixes: 68000f750a ("rockchip: rk3568-rock-3a: Update defconfig")
Fixes: 6fb02589a6 ("rockchip: rk3588-evb: Update defconfig")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Pull request efi-2023-07-rc6
Documentation:
* man-pages for the loads and saves commands
UEFI:
* fix implementation of allow_unaligned() for armv7 and arm11
Rename current assembler implementation of allow_unaligned() to
arm11_arch_cp15_allow_unaligned() and add it into arm11.h header,
then add C wrapper of allow_unaligned().
This fixes misbehavior when linking U-Boot, where the CPU specific
allow_unaligned() implementation was ignored and instead the
__weak allow_unaligned() implementation from lib/efi_loader/efi_setup.c
was used, which led to "data abort" just before booting Linux via tftp,
in efi_dp_from_file() -> path_to_uefi() -> utf16_put() .
The problem is triggerd by c7c0ca3767 ("efi_loader: fix efi_dp_from_file()") .
Adding the wrapper fixes the problem.
Fixes: d47a774680 ("arm: arm11: allow unaligned memory access")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Rename current assembler implementation of allow_unaligned() to
v7_arch_cp15_allow_unaligned() and add it into armv7.h header,
then add C wrapper of allow_unaligned().
This fixes misbehavior when linking U-Boot on ARMv7a i.MX6Q, where the
CPU specific allow_unaligned() implementation was ignored and instead the
__weak allow_unaligned() implementation from lib/efi_loader/efi_setup.c
was used, which led to "data abort" just before booting Linux via tftp,
in efi_dp_from_file() -> path_to_uefi() -> utf16_put() .
The problem is triggerd by c7c0ca3767 ("efi_loader: fix efi_dp_from_file()") .
Adding the wrapper fixes the problem.
Fixes: 78f90aaeec ("arm: armv7: allow unaligned memory access")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
board_mmc_get_env_part() is not called as the default implementation
of mmc_get_env_part() is used.
Fix this problem by directly calling mmc_get_env_part() instead.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Currently the PowerPC build job in Azure will hit the maximum time limit
for a build and stop. Looking at the job, the easiest path to reducing
it is to move Keymile vendor boards to their own job and exclude them
from the PowerPC one (and while at this, the ls102 job).
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Currently, the imx93_evk is configured with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC and the
chosen environment offset in the config is 0x400000. Unless the user
programs the associated fuses, this offset is the default secondary boot
image offset used by the i.MX 93 ROM bootloader. With certain
combinations of environmental variables, the CRC and beginning of the
environment can potentially falsely appear as a valid boot image
container header. If the expected "sw_version" offset within this
mistaken boot image container is greater than the primary's, the ROM
bootloader can skip booting of the primary image altogether and attempt
to boot with the content of the environment data. This will then hang
the system.
To fix this, move the environment from 0x400000 to 0x700000 reserving up
to 3 MB at 0x400000 for any actual secondary user image container.
Signed-off-by: Ken Sloat <ken.s@variscite.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Using CONFIG_ARMV8_SPL_EXCEPTION_VECTORS=y and CONFIG_OF_LIVE=y triggers
a Data Abort exception from unaligned memory access when the pinctrl
driver iterate node properties, e.g. for UART2 on RK3568.
setting mux of GPIO0-24 to 1
setting mux of GPIO0-24 to 1
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000021
elr: 000000000000e554 lr : 000000000000e54c
x 0: 0000000000000a5c x 1: 0000000000000a5c
x 2: 0000000000000007 x 3: 0000000000000065
x 4: 0000000000000007 x 5: 0000000000022d4e
x 6: 0000000000000a7c x 7: 00000000000227a4
x 8: 0000000000021cf0 x 9: 0000000000000a7c
x10: 0000000000021cf0 x11: 0000000000021cf0
x12: 00000000003fda1c x13: 0000000000000007
x14: 00000000003fd9ec x15: 000000000001c0ff
x16: 0000000007000000 x17: 00000000fdccd028
x18: 00000000003fde20 x19: 0000000000000018
x20: 0000000000020670 x21: 0000000000000000
x22: 00000000003fdb00 x23: 00000000003fef90
x24: 0000000000020688 x25: 0000000000000000
x26: 0000000000000001 x27: 00000000003ffc50
x28: 0000000000000000 x29: 00000000003fda60
Code: b94083e1 97ffd508 93407c01 37f81260 (f9401038)
Resetting CPU ...
Fix this by replacing the loop to access node properties with use of
ofnode_for_each_prop instead of the current ifdef.
Also continue to next prop instead of aborting at first sign of an
unknown property.
This fixes the Data Abort exception and also pinconf of e.g. pull and
drive in SPL, e.g. for UART2 on RK3568.
setting mux of GPIO0-24 to 1
setting mux of GPIO0-24 to 1
setting pull of GPIO0-24 to 5
setting mux of GPIO0-25 to 1
setting mux of GPIO0-25 to 1
setting pull of GPIO0-25 to 5
Fixes: e7ae4cf27a ("pinctrl: rockchip: Add common rockchip pinctrl driver")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This fixes access to camera sensor over I2C during probe time in
the kernel. (Kernel will fix I/0 port voltage by itself, but the
timing depends on probe order of the drivers, so the fix can
come after the camera sensor driver already failed to probe.)
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Jirman <megi@xff.cz>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The support for #address-cells=2 has a loophole: if the reg is actually 0,
but the #address-cells is actually 1, like in such case below:
syscon {
#address-cells = <1>;
phy {
reg = <0 0x10>;
};
};
then the second u32 of the 'reg' is the size, not the address.
The code should check for the parent's #address-cells value, and not
assume that if the first u32 is 0, then the #address-cells is 2, and the
reg property is something like
reg = <0 0xff00 0x10>;
Fixed this by looking for the #address-cells value and retrieving the
reg address only if this is ==2.
To avoid breaking anything I also kept the check `if reg==0` as some DT's
may have a wrong #address-cells as parent and even if this commit is
correct, it might break the existing wrong device-trees.
Fixes: d538efb9ad ("phy: rockchip: inno-usb2: Add support #address_cells = 2")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In current linker script both .efi_runtime_rel and .rela.dyn sections
are of RELA type whose entry size is either 12 (RV32) or 24 (RV64).
These two are arranged as a continuous region on purpose so that the
prelink-riscv executable can fix up the PIE addresses in one loop.
However there is an 'ALIGN(8)' between these 2 sections which might
cause a gap to be inserted between these 2 sections to satisfy the
alignment requirement on RV32. This would break the assumption of
the prelink process and generate an unbootable image.
Fixes: 9a6569a043 ("riscv: Update alignment for some sections in linker scripts")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Two conflicting bootcmds were included in the environment.
Streamline to defining the bootcmd only in the env file.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The current mechanism is unnecessarily complex. Simplify the whole mechanism
such that the entire fitImage is signed, IVT is placed at the end, followed
by CSF, and this entire bundle is also authenticated. This makes the signing
scripting far simpler.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In case the DEBUG is enabled, these three lines warn about cast of
pointer to integer of different size, add the missing casts to fix
the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Fixed when build xilinx_zynqmp in long directory ( >256):
| /buildarea1/testtest/wr_build/wr1023test_secureboot/test1-what/test2-what/test3-what/test4-what/test5-what/test6-what/test7-what/test8-what/test9-what/test10-what/test11-what/test12-what/build/tmp-glibc/work/xilinx_zynqmp-wrs-linux/u-boot-xlnx/1_v2023.01-xilinx-v2023.1+gitAUTOINC+40a08d69e7-r0/build/fitImage-linux: Image file name (uboot-mkimage) too long, can't create tmpfile.
| Error: Bad parameters for FIT image type
Signed-off-by: Mingli Yu <mingli.yu@windriver.com>
With some changes to our mapping files in gitdm, re-generate the last
few releases worth of statistics to correctly reflect contributions. We
only go back this far to try and find a balance between highlighting
contributions and still being reviewable.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The intent here was to allow ANSI codes to be disabled, since it was
proving impoosible to test operation of the menu code when it kept moving
the cursor. Unfortunately this ended up in the patch.
Correct this by enabling ANSI again.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Mark Kettenis <mark.kettenis@xs4all.nl>
Reported-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Fixes: 32bab0eae5 ("menu: Make use of CLI character processing")
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reformat and rewrite the documentation for this command.
This is a complicated command, so further improvements are welcome.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bring this file into the documentation. For now it is not in the correct
format for a command, but it is valid rST. Futher work will improve this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having this as an addition to the end, move this into the
main body of the spec, rewriting as needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Avoid reference to uImage which is the old format. Drop the historical
language at the top and rewrite a few other sections. Correct the
U-Boot filename which is now in the boot/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bring these files into the documentation.
Fix 'wtih' and 'it' typos and repeated 'could' while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this document and convert it to rST. Make minimal changes, enough
for it to build successfully.
Future patches will tidy this up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create a new usage/fit directory which will house information about FIT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fix the write to the HPRT register which treat W1C fields
as if they were mere RW. This leads to unintended clearing of such fields
This bug was found during the testing on Simics model. Referring to
specification DesignWare Cores USB 2.0 Hi-Speed On-The-Go (OTG)
Databook (3.30a)"5.3.4.8 Host Port Control and Status Register (HPRT)", the
HPRT.PrtPwr is cleared by this mistake. In the Linux driver (contrary to
U-Boot), HPRT is always read using dwc2_read_hprt0 helper function which
clears W1C bits. So after write back those bits are zeroes.
Signed-off-by: Teik Heng Chong <teik.heng.chong@intel.com>
Commands causing reset in some configs:
When bootflow scan is run, this will cause a UCLASS_BOOTDEV device to
be added as sibling of those UCLASS_BLK devices found in the search
chain defined in environment variable "boot_targets", until boot
succeeds from some device. This can happen automatically as part of
the default boot process on some boards (example: Rock Pi 4) depending
on the board configuration (DISTRO_DEFAULTS, BOOTSTD, BOOTCOMMAND,
etc.) because they have bootcmd=bootflow scan.
If boot doesn't succeed from any device, and usb is in boot_targets,
and an usb storage device is plugged to some usb port at boot time,
its UCLASS_MASS_STORAGE device will have a UCLASS_BOOTDEV device as
child, besides a UCLASS_BLK child.
If once the boot fails the user enters at the U-Boot shell prompt:
usb info
or
usb tree
The code in cmd/usb.c will eventually recurse into the UCLASS_BOOTDEV
device and pass a null usb_device pointer to usb_show_tree_graph() or
usb_show_info() (because it has no parent_priv_).
This causes a reset. The expected behaviour would be to ignore the
UCLASS_BOOTDEV device, continue listing the usb information and return
to the prompt.
Minimal test:
Another way to trigger this reset as a minimal test or on boards with
a different bootcmd would be:
- make sure "usb" is in environment variable boot_targets (might need
setenv boot_targets usb; and/or saveenv and reset), then, with a usb
storage device plugged to a usb port, run:
=> usb reset ; bootflow scan ; usb info
Solution:
Fix it (twice) by checking for null parent_priv_ and adding
UCLASS_BOOTDEV to the list of ignored class ids before the recursive
call.
This prevents the current particular problem with UCLASS_BOOTDEV, even
in case it ever gets some parent_priv_ struct which is not an
usb_device, despite being the child of a usb_device->dev. And it also
prevents possible future problems if other children are added to usb
devices that don't have parent_priv_ because they are not part of the
usb tree, just abstractions of functionality (like UCLASS_BLK and
UCLASS_BOOTDEV are now).
Signed-off-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
First set of u-boot-atmel fixes for the 2023.07 cycle:
This small fixes set includes one init fix for scmi clocks and a missing
gpio_request for pm9g45.
Because clock devices are initialized by the SCMI server, if
CONFIG_CLK_SCMI is defined.
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Perrot <thomas.perrot@bootlin.com>
This fixes the following run time error message:
set_dir_flags: error: gpio PIOD3 not reserved
set_dir_flags: error: gpio PIOC14 not reserved
Signed-off-by: Ilko Iliev <iliev@ronetix.at>
Running the protocols selftest more than one times fails with
=> setenv efi_selftest 'manage protocols' && bootefi selftest
Testing EFI API implementation
Selected test: 'manage protocols'
Setting up 'manage protocols'
Setting up 'manage protocols' succeeded
Executing 'manage protocols'
Executing 'manage protocols' succeeded
Tearing down 'manage protocols'
Tearing down 'manage protocols' succeeded
Summary: 0 failures
=> bootefi selftest
Testing EFI API implementation
Selected test: 'manage protocols'
Setting up 'manage protocols'
lib/efi_selftest/efi_selftest_manageprotocols.c(88):
ERROR: InstallProtocolInterface failed
lib/efi_selftest/efi_selftest.c(89):
ERROR: Setting up 'manage protocols' failed
Tearing down 'manage protocols'
Tearing down 'manage protocols' succeeded
Summary: 1 failures
The reason is that we don't set the handles to NULL after deleting and
freeing them. As a result the subsequent protocol installation will try
to use an existing handle which we just removed that from our object list.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Instead of discovering the ID of the device and call two different
functions for a block device or a partition, we can rewrite
efi_disk_remove() and handle the minor differences between the two
variants internally. As a results we can simplify efi_disk_remove()
a lot and get rid of the extra efi_disk_delete_raw/blk calls.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If a handle is not found, return 0 to let the device be removed.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Running the controller selftest more than one times fails with
=> setenv efi_selftest 'controllers' && bootefi selftest
Testing EFI API implementation
Selected test: 'controllers'
Setting up 'controllers'
Setting up 'controllers' succeeded
Executing 'controllers'
Executing 'controllers' succeeded
Summary: 0 failures
=> bootefi selftest
Testing EFI API implementation
Selected test: 'controllers'
Setting up 'controllers'
lib/efi_selftest/efi_selftest_controllers.c(280):
ERROR: InstallProtocolInterface failed
lib/efi_selftest/efi_selftest.c(89):
ERROR: Setting up 'controllers' failed
Summary: 1 failures
There are multiple reason for this. We don't uninstall the binding
interface from the controller handle and we don't reset the handle
pointers either. So let's uninstall all the protocols properly and
reset the handles to NULL on setup().
While at it add a forgotten check when uninstalling protocols from the
handle_controller and make sure the number of child controllers is 0
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
On arm64 the its we use to generate the test FIT image has
arch = "arm";
We should use "arm64" here which is mapped to IH_ARCH_ARM64 via
uimage_arch[].
Fixes: 8391f95549 ("test/py: Create a test for launching UEFI binaries from FIT images")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
On the arm64 architecture booti_setup() is called for EFI FIT images.
This function call fails because EFI images typically do not have a
kernel signature.
Check that the operating system property "os" of the image is "linux"
before invoking booti_setup().
Fixes: 487b5fa6de ("bootm: Handle kernel_noload on arm64")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Test ReinstallProtocolInterface() more rigorously.
Replacing the sole installed protocol interface must not result in deleting
the handle and creating a new one.
Check which interface is actually installed before and after
ReinstallProtocolInterface().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
lib/efi_loader/helloworld_efi.S is a generated file and shall be removed by
'make clean'.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- Fix some issues Coverity Scan reported in IPv6, SPL EXTn support fix,
two small bootstd fixes, one Kconfig dependency fix, and fix booting
on Pinephone Pro
CID 453851 : sprintf() shouldn't copy from/to tmp
CID 436278 : DHCP6 option_len should be checked before use
Signed-off-by: Sean Edmond <seanedmond@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add the RAM_ROCKCHIP_LPDDR4 to fix the Pinephone Pro booting.
When the configs were updated in 26f92be07e it somehow broke
the PPP boot process so let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
CC: Jagan Teki <jagan@edgeble.ai>
CC: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Using relative path in a /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf file fails to load
linux kernel.
Using a /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf file:
LABEL test
LINUX ../linux/Image
Result in following error:
Retrieving file: ../linux/Image
Skipping test for failure retrieving kernel
Boot failed (err=-14)
However, using sysboot cmd successfully load kernel using same file:
sysboot mmc 1:1 any ${scriptaddr} /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf
Retrieving file: /boot/extlinux/../linux/Image
Fix relative path using bootmeth extlinux by supplying bootfile path
instead of subdir path in the call to pxe_setup_ctx, same as done in the
sysboot command.
Fixes: 31aefaf89a ("bootstd: Add an implementation of distro boot")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move BOOTSTD_FULL down in the file so that it can be enabled only when
BOOTSTD is enabled. This prevents a build error if BOOTSTD is disabled
but BOOTSTD_FULL is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The rtl8169 driver uses calls to dm_pci_bus_to_phys,
which are compiled under CONFIG_PCI.
Without CONFIG_PCI, this happens:
drivers/net/rtl8169.o: in function `rtl_recv_common':
drivers/net/rtl8169.c:555: undefined reference to `dm_pci_bus_to_phys'
It is only natural that this driver depends on CONFIG_PCI then.
The device does not work connected in another way anyway, and the driver
does not assume anything else at this moment.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Since commit 9905cae65e ("fs: ext4: check the minimal partition size
to mount"), a valid size needs to be provided when mounting
an ext filesystem. Fix the spl ext driver to use the parition size
instead of 0 when mounting the filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Mayuresh Chitale <mchitale@ventanamicro.com>
The function fdtdec_board_setup() is called early and adds the overlay
from ATF to the u-boot device tree. That is necessary so that u-boot
doesn't use reserved memory.
Linux also needs to know about that reserved memory so the overlay from
ATF needs to be aplied on the linux device tree as well.
This commit makes sure that the ATF overlay is applied to both device trees.
Signed-off-by: Detlev Casanova <detlev.casanova@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Add support to identify R8A77995 r1.1 SoC.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
[Marek: Slight update to commit message, spell out the SoC model]
r8a7796 cpu revision v1.2 has the same information as revision v1.1.
This patch fixes revision display at startup to "rev 1.1/1.2".
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
[Marek: Slight update to commit message, spell out the SoC model]
This is a remnant from when the USB controller driver managed
the reset signal itself. A patch from the very end of 2018 changed
this driver to delegate reset (and clock) management to the proper
control unit driver, but left this unused define behind.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
A small late pull request for Allwinner. The main feature is just a DT
update, matching the v6.4 Linux kernel DT files. This also enables a
board (LCTech Pi F1C200s) which got its .dts file merged into Linux.
Plus a tiny typo fix from Sam.
Gitlab CI passed, briefly tested on an H616 board and the new LCTech Pi.
The Lctech Pi F1C200s (also previously known under the Cherry Pi brand)
is a small development board with the Allwinner F1C200s SoC. This is the
same as the F1C100s, but with 64MB instead of 32MB co-packaged DRAM.
Add a defconfig for this board, enabling the most basic features. This
uses the new 64MB memory map, which avoids the very tight memory map we
use for the 32MB F1C100s board(s).
The devicetree file is already in the tree, courtesy of the previous
Linux repo sync.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Sync the devicetree files from the official Linux kernel tree, v6.4-rc2.
This is covering both 64-bit and 32-bit Allwinner SoCs with Arm Ltd.
cores, we skip the new RISC-V bits for now, as sunxi RISC-V support
is still work in progress.
Among smaller cosmetic changes, this adds a SATA regulator node which we
need in U-Boot to get rid of hard-coded GPIOs.
Also this updates the Allwinner F1C100s DTs, enabling USB support, and
also adds the DTs for two new boards.
As before, this omits the non-backwards compatible changes to the R_INTC
controller, to remain compatible with older kernels.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
arch/arm/dts/rk3399.dtsi has a node
usb_host0_ehci: usb@fe380000 {
compatible = "generic-ehci";
with clocks:
clocks = <&cru HCLK_HOST0>, <&cru HCLK_HOST0_ARB>,
<&u2phy0>;
The first 2 refer to nodes with class UCLASS_CLK, but &u2phy0
has class UCLASS_PHY.
u2phy0: usb2phy@e450 {
compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-usb2phy";
Since clk_get_bulk() only looks for devices with UCLASS_CLK,
it fails with -ENODEV and then ehci_usb_probe() aborts.
The consequence is peripherals connected to a USB 2 port (e.g. in a
Rock Pi 4 the white port, nearer the edge) not being detected.
They're detected if CONFIG_USB_OHCI_GENERIC is selected in Kconfig,
because ohci_usb_probe() does not abort when one clk_get_by_index()
fails, but then they work in USB 1 mode.
rk3399.dtsi comes from linux and the u2phy0 was added[1] to the clock
list in:
commit b5d1c57299734f5b54035ef2e61706b83041f20c
Author: William wu <wulf@rock-chips.com>
Date: Wed Dec 21 18:41:05 2016 +0800
arm64: dts: rockchip: add u2phy clock for ehci and ohci of rk3399
We found that the suspend process was blocked when it run into
ehci/ohci module due to clk-480m of usb2-phy was disabled.
[...]
Suspend concerns don't apply to U-Boot, and the problem with U-Boot
failing to probe EHCI doesn't apply to linux, because in linux
rockchip_usb2phy_clk480m_register makes u2phy0 a proper clock provider
when called by rockchip_usb2phy_probe().
So I can think of a few alternative solutions:
1- Change ehci_usb_probe() to make it more similar to
ohci_usb_probe(), and survive failure to get one clock. Looks a
little harder, and I don't know whether it could break something if
it ignored a clock that was important for something else than
suspend.
2- Change rk3399.dtsi effectively reverting the linux commit
b5d1c57299734f5b54035ef2e61706b83041f20c. This dealigns the .dtsi
from linux and seems fragile at the next synchronisation.
3- Change the clock list in rk3399-u-boot.dtsi or somewhere else.
This survives .dts* sync but may survive "too much" and miss some
change from linux that we might want.
4- Enable CONFIG_USB_OHCI_GENERIC and use the ports in USB 1 mode.
This would need to be made for all boards using rk3399. In a
simple test reading one file from USB storage it gave 769.5 KiB/s
instead of 20.5 MiB/s with solution 2.
5- Trying to replicate linux and have usb2phy somehow provide a clk,
or have a separate clock device for usb2phy in addition to the phy
device.
This patch tries to implement option 5 as Marek Vasut requested in
December 5th. Options 1 and 3 didn't get through [2][3].
It just registers usb2phy as a clock driver (device_bind_driver()
didn't work but device_bind_driver_to_node() did), without any
specific operations, so that ehci-generic.c finds it and is happy. It
worked in my tests on a Rock Pi 4 B+ (rk3399).
Link: [1] https://lkml.kernel.org/lkml/1731551.Q6cHK6n5ZM@phil/T/
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220701185959.GC1700@begut/
[3] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/Y44+ayJfUlI08ptM@localhost/
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@vrull.eu>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Christoph Fritz <chf.fritz@googlemail.com>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com> # rk3399, rk3328, rv1126
The `musb_register` function returns some ERR_PTR(...) on failure,
not NULL, so update the check here appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
According to the dm_serial_ops documentation, pending() should:
> @return number of waiting characters, 0 for none, -ve on error
And:
> It is acceptable to return 1 if an indeterminant number
> of characters is waiting.
With the current implementation, we have:
* FIFO is full -> pending() returns 0
* FIFO is partially used -> pending() returns 1
* FIFO is empty -> pending() returns 1
This is not the same as what the documentation requires.
Moreover, since [1], arm reset now flushes all console devices
(including serial) before the cpu gets reset.
Because of the flawed logic:
=> reset # user calls reset
flush() is called
_serial_flush() is called
ops->pending(dev, false) # never returns false
# board hangs indefinitely without resetting.
Fix it by using AML_UART_TX_EMPTY instead of AML_UART_TX_FULL.
[1] commit c5f4cdb8eb ("console: Use flush() before panic and reset"),
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230606-fix-meson-serial-pending-v1-1-6a54d4a01f76@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
i2c updates for v2023-07-rc4
Bugfixes:
- rockchip: De-initialize the bus after start bit failure
from Ondrej Jirman
- cdns: Fix broken retry mechanism on arbitration lost
The ubifsload command is truncating any address above 4GiB as it casts
this address to an u32, instead of using an unsigned long which most of
the other load commands do. Change this to an unsigned long to allow
loading into high memory for boards which use these areas.
Fixes the following error:
=> ubifsload 0x2100000000 /boot/Image.lzma
Loading file '/boot/Image.lzma' to addr 0x00000000...
Unhandled exception: Store/AMO access fault
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
In the current implementation, in case of I2C arbitration lost, a retry is
attempted; the message counter and pointer are reset to the original values
and the I2C xfer process is restart from the beginning.
However the message counter and message pointer are respectively
decremented and incremented by one before attempting any transfer, causing
the 1st transfer not to be actually retried (in case of a single transfer,
nothing is actually retried at all).
This patch fixes this: in case of retry, the 1st transfer is also retried.
Tested on a ZynqMP Kria board, with upstream older u-boot, but the involved
file and underlying logic seem basically the same.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@iit.it>
Failure can happen when i2c is used without initializing pinctrl properly,
which U-Boot happily allows in SPL. Without this fix, further I2C access would
fail, even after proper pinctrl initialization.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Jirman <megi@xff.cz>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull request efi-2023-07-rc4
Documentation:
* man pages for loadb, loadx
UEFI:
* check return value of part_get_info()
* improve unit test for RegisterProtocolNotify()
Check that LocateHandleBuffer() return EFI_NOT_FOUND when called with
ByRegisterNotify and all handles already have been retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
part_get_info() may return an error code. Check it.
Update function description of dp_part_node().
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 184067 ("Unchecked return value")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The PCIe controller on the M2 Pro/Max is different from the one
found on earlier Apple SoCs. Some registers moved and te meaning
of the bits in some other registers changed. But they are still
similar enough to handle both controllers in the same driver.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Apple's M2 Pro/Max SoC are somewhat similar to the M1 Pro/Max but
need a tweaked memory map. USB, NVMe, UART and WDT are working
with the existing drivers.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
K3 GP devices allows booting the secure binaries on them by bypassing
the x509 header on them.
ATF and OPTEE firewalling required the rproc_load to be called before
authentication. This change caused the failure for GP devices that
strips off the headers. The boot vector had been set before the headers
were stripped off causing the runtime stripping to fail and stripping
becoming in-effective.
Separate out the secure binary check on GP/HS devices so that the
boot_vector could be stripped before calling rproc_load. This allows
keeping the authentication later when the cluster is on along with
allowing the stripping of the binaries in case of gp devices.
Fixes: 1e00e9be62 ("arm: mach-k3: common: re-locate authentication for atf/optee")
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
When booting with HS silicon, the system firmware image is 278270, which
is slightly larger than currently allocated amount.
This can cause unexpected behavior if this overlap interferes with other
things in memory, so increase this with a slightly margin added as well
to avoid any boot issues that can appear after system firmware gets
loaded.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
In non-combined boot flow for K3, all the firewalls are locked by default
until sysfw comes up. Rom configures some of the firewall for its usage
along with the SRAM for R5 but the PSRAM region is still locked.
The K3 MCU Scratchpad for j721e was set to a PSRAM region triggering the
firewall exception before sysfw came up. The exception started happening
after adding multi dtb support that accesses the scratchpad for reading
EEPROM contents.
The commit changes R5 MCU scratchpad for j721e to an SRAM region.
Old Map:
┌─────────────────────────────────────┐ 0x41c00000
│ SPL │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41c40000 (approx)
│ STACK │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41c85b20
│ Global data │
│ sizeof(struct global_data) = 0xd8 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ gd->malloc_base = 0x41c85bfc
│ HEAP │
│ CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN = 0x70000 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
│ SPL BSS │ (0x41cf5bfc)
│ CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE = 0xA000 │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘ CONFIG_SYS_K3_BOOT_PARAM_TABLE_INDEX
(0x41cffbfc)
New Map:
┌─────────────────────────────────────┐ 0x41c00000
│ SPL │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41c40000 (approx)
│ EMPTY │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41c81920
│ STACK │
│ SPL_SIZE_LIMIT_PROVIDE_STACK=0x4000 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41c85920
│ Global data │
│ sizeof(struct global_data) = 0xd8 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ gd->malloc_base = 0x41c859f0
│ HEAP │
│ CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN = 0x70000 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
│ SPL BSS │ (0x41cf59f0)
│ CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE = 0xA000 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41cff9fc
│ NEW MCU SCRATCHPAD │
│ SYS_K3_MCU_SCRATCHPAD_SIZE = 0x200 │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘ CONFIG_SYS_K3_BOOT_PARAM_TABLE_INDEX
(0x41cffbfc)
Fixes: ab977c8b91 ("configs: j721s2_evm_r5: Enable support for building multiple dtbs into FIT")
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
[n-francis@ti.com: SRAM allocation addressing diagram]
Signed-off-by: Neha Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
K3 devices have runtime type board detection. Make the default defconfig
include the secure configuration. Then remove the HS specific config.
Non-HS devices will continue to boot due to runtime device type detection.
If TI_SECURE_DEV_PKG is not set the build will emit warnings, for non-HS
devices these can be ignored.
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
When building for secure devices using non-buildman based image generation
the signed tispl.bin file is called tispl.bin_HS. Also build the unsigned
tispl.bin file as expected.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Add trivial driver for the MXS AUART IP. This is the other UART IP
present in i.MX23 and i.MX28, used to drive the non-DUART ports.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Update DDR timing file generated by DDR Config Tool
1. Dynamic refresh rate is set by default
2. The 3rd freq will be 625MTS based on power and performance better than 100MTS.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To avoid using static setting for ECC enabled DDR size, switch
to calculate DDR size from DDRC setting
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The rank setting flow should be updated to support multi
fsp config.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the DDR init flow for multi-setpoint support on i.MX93. A new
fsp_cfg struct need to be added in the timing file to store the diff
part of the DDRC and DRAM MR register for each setpoint.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add 625M bypass clock that may be used DRAM 625M
bypass mode support.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
As the ddr timing info will be saved at the last 16KB of
the OCRAM, spl stack & bss base should be updated to avoid
conflict.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to DDRPHY errata, the Rank-to-Rank Spacing and tphy_rdcsgap
specification does not include the Critical Delay Difference (CDD) to
properly define the required rank-to-rank read command spacing after
executing PHY training firmware.
Following the errata workaround, at the end of data training, we get
all CDD values through the MessageBlock, then re-configure the DDRC
timing of WWT/WRT/RRT/RWT with comparing MAX CDD values.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Currently bootaux only supports to boot M33 core from TCM. Since ATF
has changed to use x2 parameter for M33 image address, update the
bootaux command to use input address, so we can support boot from
any possilbe address like TCM, DDR, Flexspi NOR.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add a static u-boot config for i.MX93 low drive mode support. When
low drive mode is enabled, VDD_SOC is set to 0.75V. Bus clocks,
A55 core clock (900Mhz), DDR clock (1866MTS), and some peripherals
clocks (USDHC/FLEXSPI/PDM/DISP_PIX/CAM_PIX) must decrease to meet
max frequencies in low drive mode.
Also set standby voltage for buck1
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to datasheet, iMX93 has fused parts with CORE1 or NPU or
both disabled. So update code to support it, the kernel device tree
runtime update will be added in future patches.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Config the A55 alt root clock to 500MHz(LD mode frequency)
by default. Normally, this clock root is only used as an
intermediate clock soure for A55 core/dsu when change the
ARM PLL frequency.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The HW_CTRL_SEL should be cleared when configuring PLL to avoid
potential glitch
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Support print reset cause. Since SRSR is not accessible from non-secure
world, so first save it to grp0, then read it in non-secure world.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There will be build error if CONFIG_SYSRESET is enabled, so guard
the reset_cpu with condition check here
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The MAC addresses are hard coded for bring up. Change it to support
reading from fuse.
Reviewed-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
OPTEE memory region is set secure access only in ATF with configuration
to TRDC, and need to remove it from U-Boot, otherwise U-Boot and Kernel
may crash when accessing the memory
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since we might reuse some drivers for other platforms, while the drivers
have sci firmware api, so to avoid build failure add inline functions
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move imx8 sci header file to include/firmware/imx, then we could
use build macro to reuse some i.MX8 drivers for i.MX9, such as
drivers/cpu/imx8_cpu.c.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The TMU used on iMX93 is IP revision 2.1 which is different with previous
revision used on iMX8MQ. So add a new FLAG V4 for this revision to
distinguish the operations.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Commit 1a7904fdfa ("mmc: fsl_esdhc_imx: Use esdhc_soc_data
flags to set host caps") exposed the following SD card error:
U-Boot 2023.04-00652-g487e42f7bc5e (Apr 05 2023 - 22:14:21 -0300)
CPU: Freescale i.MX7D rev1.0 1000 MHz (running at 792 MHz)
CPU: Commercial temperature grade (0C to 95C) at 35C
Reset cause: POR
Model: Freescale i.MX7 SabreSD Board
Board: i.MX7D SABRESD in non-secure mode
DRAM: 1 GiB
Core: 100 devices, 19 uclasses, devicetree: separate
PMIC: PFUZE3000 DEV_ID=0x30 REV_ID=0x10
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1, FSL_SDHC: 2
Loading Environment from MMC... Card did not respond to voltage
select! : -110
*** Warning - No block device, using default environment
The reason of the problem, as explained by Ye Li:
"When UHS is enabled in defconfig, the usdhc1 node in imx7d-sdb.dts does
not configure pad for VSELECT, also the data pad should be set to
100Mhz/200Mhz pin states."
Apply these changes into u-boot.dtsi for now. When these changes
reach the Linux mainline imx7d-sdb, they can be dropped from u-boot.dtsi.
This fixes UHS mode on the imx7d-sdb board.
Suggested-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Stop polluting the architecture directory with driver specific code,
move it into driver where it should be. Split the code slightly so
the MX8MM/MX8MN fuse readout and programming and MX8MP fuse readout
and programming are in their separate functions, and called in case
of matching SoC.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@toradex.com>
Use dev_(dev, ...) for all printing and debug logging, since this
already includes the device name. Drop device name where duplicate.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@toradex.com>
It seems like the ROM log events for the iMX8M are not fully covered by
AN12853 i.MX ROMs Log Events, Rev. 0, May 2020. On iMX8M the ROM event
ID 0x82 seems to use parameter0 which stops the parsing because the end
of list is detected too early.
This patch adds ROM event ID 0x82 and skips the next word if ID 0x82 is
parsed.
Fixes: a5ee05cf71 ("ARM: imx: Pick correct eMMC boot partition from ROM log")
Signed-off-by: Fedor Ross <fedor.ross@ifm.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
rk3588 driver:
- Sync the reset driver with kernel code;
- Enable pcie controller and phy support;
- Enable USB controller and phy support;
Board level dts and config update:
- boost eMMC performance for some of rk3399 boards;
- boot from SPI NOR flash for rk356x boards;
- Other board level updates;
Add sfc and flash node to device tree and config options to enable
support for booting from SPI NOR flash on Radxa ROCK 5 Model B.
Similar to RK3568 the BootRom in RK3588 can read all data and look for
idbloader at 0x8000, same as on SD and eMMC.
Use the rksd format and modify the mkimage offset to generate a bootable
u-boot-rockchip-spi.bin that can be written to 0x0 of SPI NOR flash. The
FIT image is loaded from 0x60000.
=> sf probe
SF: Detected mx25u12835f with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 4 KiB, total 16 MiB
=> load mmc 1:1 10000000 u-boot-rockchip-spi.bin
1492992 bytes read in 129 ms (11 MiB/s)
=> sf update $fileaddr 0 $filesize
device 0 offset 0x0, size 0x16c800
1300480 bytes written, 192512 bytes skipped in 11.103s, speed 137694 B/s
The BROM_BOOTSOURCE_ID value read back when booting from SPI flash does
not match the expected value of 3 (SPINOR) used by other SoCs. Instead a
value of 6 is read back, add a new enum value to handle this new
bootsource id.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
The phycore-rk3288 SPL binary is reaching the limits of 32KB very often.
Enable CONFIG_LTO to reduce the size of the SPL and make the board more
future proof for changes increasing the SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
If u-boot is installed on the internal emmc, then this will
allow to boot without failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Zarre <lxdev12@zirdeon.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable pinctrl for sdhci in SPL to support loading of FIT image from SD
and eMMC storage when booting from SPI NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update defconfig for rk3588-rock-5b with new defaults.
Remove the SPL_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM=y option, SPL is expected to load
next stage from a FIT image and then jump to next stage not back to
BootRom.
Extend SPL_MAX_SIZE to 0x40000, SPL is loaded to 0x0 and TF-A is loaded
to 0x40000, use the space in between as SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Add config option to include useful gpio cmd.
Remove the CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR=y option, ethaddr and eth1addr is
set based on cpuid read from OTP.
Add CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_MEM32=y to use 32bit access of serial register.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update defconfig for rk3588-evb with new defaults.
Add CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE=y to let SPL verify an auto generated hash
of FIT images. This help indicate if there is an issue loading any of
the images to DRAM or SRAM.
Extend SPL_MAX_SIZE to 0x40000, SPL is loaded to 0x0 and TF-A is loaded
to 0x40000, use the space in between as SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Add config options to include useful gpio and regulator cmd.
Remove the CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR=y option, ethaddr and eth1addr is
set based on cpuid read from OTP.
Remove CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_ANNOUNCE=y to remove debug messages.
Add CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_MEM32=y to use 32bit access of serial register.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Like other Rockchip SoCs, DM_RESET and DM_REGULATOR_FIXED is useful
across RK3588 platform. Select them from arch Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add sfc and flash node to device tree and config options to enable
support for booting from SPI NOR flash on Radxa ROCK 3 Model A.
Unlike prior generation SoCs the BootRom in RK3568 can read all data and
look for idbloader at 0x8000, same as on SD and eMMC.
Use the rksd format and modify the mkimage offset to generate a bootable
u-boot-rockchip-spi.bin that can be written to 0x0 of SPI NOR flash. The
FIT image is loaded from 0x60000.
=> sf probe
SF: Detected mx25u12835f with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 4 KiB, total 16 MiB
=> load mmc 1:1 10000000 u-boot-rockchip-spi.bin
1384448 bytes read in 119 ms (11.1 MiB/s)
=> sf update $fileaddr 0 $filesize
device 0 offset 0x0, size 0x152000
1179648 bytes written, 204800 bytes skipped in 9.901s, speed 143185 B/s
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable pinctrl for sdmmc and sdhci in SPL to support loading of FIT
image from SD and eMMC storage when booting from SPI NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update defconfig for rk3568-rock-3a with new defaults.
Remove the SPL_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM=y option, SPL is expected to load
next stage from a FIT image and then jump to next stage not back to
BootRom.
Add CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE=y to let SPL verify an auto generated hash
of FIT images. This help indicate if there is an issue loading any of
the images to DRAM or SRAM.
Extend SPL_MAX_SIZE to 0x40000, SPL is loaded to 0x0 and TF-A is loaded
to 0x40000, use the space in between as SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Add config option to include useful gpio cmd.
Remove the CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR=y option, ethaddr and eth1addr is
set based on cpuid read from OTP.
Filter out assigned-clock props with CONFIG_OF_SPL_REMOVE_PROPS,
U-Boot proper will read and configure assigned-clock props.
Remove the CONFIG_SPL_PMIC_RK8XX=y option, the pmic is not used in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update defconfig for rk3568-evb with new defaults.
Remove the SPL_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM=y option, SPL is expected to load
next stage from a FIT image and then jump to next stage not back to
BootRom.
Add CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE=y to let SPL verify an auto generated hash
of FIT images. This help indicate if there is an issue loading any of
the images to DRAM or SRAM.
Extend SPL_MAX_SIZE to 0x40000, SPL is loaded to 0x0 and TF-A is loaded
to 0x40000, use the space in between as SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Add config options to include useful gpio, i2c, pmic and regulator cmd.
Remove the CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR=y option, ethaddr and eth1addr is
set based on cpuid read from OTP.
Filter out assigned-clock props with CONFIG_OF_SPL_REMOVE_PROPS,
U-Boot proper will read and configure assigned-clock props.
Add config options to enable support for the RK809 PMIC.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable pinctrl for sdmmc and sdhci in SPL to support loading of FIT
image from SD and eMMC storage when booting from SPI NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update defconfig for rk3566-radxa-cm3-io with new defaults. Also add
missing supported mmc modes to sdhci node.
Remove the SPL_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM=y option, SPL is expected to load
next stage from a FIT image and then jump to next stage not back to
BootRom.
Add CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE=y to let SPL verify an auto generated hash
of FIT images. This help indicate if there is an issue loading any of
the images to DRAM or SRAM.
Extend SPL_MAX_SIZE to 0x40000, SPL is loaded to 0x0 and TF-A is loaded
to 0x40000, use the space in between as SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Add config option to include useful gpio cmd.
Remove the CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR=y option, ethaddr and eth1addr is
set based on cpuid read from OTP.
Filter out assigned-clock props with CONFIG_OF_SPL_REMOVE_PROPS,
U-Boot proper will read and configure assigned-clock props.
Add CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_MEM32=y to use 32bit access of serial register.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add bootph-all prop to xin24m clock node, it is referenced by cru node.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use the same prop as linux to control the use of fifo or dma mode. Also
add a u-boot,spl-sfc-no-dma prop to control the same in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable the PCIe 2x1l 2 device and associated combphy.
On this bus, the Rock5B has an Ethernet transceiver connected.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Obbard <chris.obbard@collabora.com>
[eugen.hristev@collabora.com: minor tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
[jonas@kwiboo.se: add PCIe pins]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add the node for PCIe 2x1l 2 device together with the corresponding
combphy.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Chen <chenjh@rock-chips.com>
[eugen.hristev@collabora.com: moved to -u-boot.dtsi, minor
adaptations]
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
[jonas@kwiboo.se: adapt to kernel node]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_SPI_IMAGE to build u-boot-rockchip-spi.bin.
Define CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS to write u-boot.itb at the expected
offset. Enable CONFIG_LTO to reduce size of SPL so that the mkimage
output fit before the 0x60000 offset in u-boot-rockchip-spi.bin.
=> sf probe
SF: Detected gd25q128 with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 4 KiB, total 16 MiB
=> load mmc 1:1 10000000 u-boot-rockchip-spi.bin
1442304 bytes read in 27 ms (50.9 MiB/s)
=> sf update $fileaddr 0 $filesize
device 0 offset 0x0, size 0x160200
1421824 bytes written, 20480 bytes skipped in 9.501s, speed 155432 B/s
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable the use of SDMA mode to boost eMMC performance on ROCK Pi 4.
Also add missing flags to indicate the supported MMC modes.
Using mmc read command to read 32 MiB data shows following improvement:
=> time mmc read 10000000 2000 10000
Before: time: 3.178 seconds
After: time: 0.402 seconds
This also enables CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE option to help discover
any possible future issue with loading TF-A into DRAM/SRAM.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable the use of SDMA mode to boost eMMC performance on RockPro64.
Also add missing flags to indicate the supported MMC modes.
Using mmc read command to read 32 MiB data shows following improvement:
=> time mmc read 10000000 2000 10000
Before: time: 3.178 seconds
After: time: 0.402 seconds
This also enables CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE option to help discover
any possible future issue with loading TF-A into DRAM/SRAM.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Loading part of TF-A into SRAM from eMMC using DMA fails on RK3399
similar to other Rockchip SoCs. Checksum validation fails with:
## Checking hash(es) for Image atf-2 ... sha256 error!
Bad hash value for 'hash' hash node in 'atf-2' image node
spl_load_simple_fit: can't load image loadables index 1 (ret = -1)
mmc_load_image_raw_sector: mmc block read error
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
Add a device tree property, u-boot,spl-fifo-mode, to control when the
rockchip_sdhci driver should disable the use of DMA and fallback on PIO
mode. Same device tree property is used by the rockchip_dw_mmc driver.
In commit 2cc6cde647 ("mmc: rockchip_sdhci: Limit number of blocks
read in a single command") the DMA mode was disabled using a CONFIG
option on RK3588. Revert that and instead disable DMA using the device
tree property for all RK3588 boards, also apply similar workaround for
all RK3399 boards.
Fixes: 2cc6cde647 ("mmc: rockchip_sdhci: Limit number of blocks read in a single command")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net> # RK3399 Puma, RK3588 Tiger
The workaround to limit number of blocks to read in a single command
should only be applied to RK3568 and RK3588. Change to be more strict
when to apply the workaround.
Fixes: 2cc6cde647 ("mmc: rockchip_sdhci: Limit number of blocks read in a single command")
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net> # RK3399 Puma, RK3588 Tiger
Add support for rk3588 phy variant.
The PHY clock is fixed at 100MHz.
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
[kever.yang@rock-chips.com: update pcie pll parameters]
Co-developed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[eugen.hristev@collabora.com: squashed, tidy up]
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for max_link_speed specified in the PCI DT binding.
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
[eugen.hristev@collabora.com: port to latest API, set default correctly,
align to 80 chars]
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
[jonas@kwiboo.se: switch to dev_read_u32_default]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The current DT bindings for the rk3588 clock use a different ID than the
one that is supposed to be written to the hardware registers.
Thus, we cannot use directly the id provided in the phandle, but rather
use a lookup table to correctly setup the hardware.
This approach has been implemented already in Linux, by commit :
f1c506d152ff ("clk: rockchip: add clock controller for the RK3588")
Hence, implement a similar approach using the lookup table, and adapt
the existing reset driver to work with SoCs using lookup table.
The file rst-rk3588.c has been copied as much as possible from Linux.
Adapt the clk rk3588 driver as well to bind the reset driver with the
lookup table.
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
To be able to initialize the pinctrl correctly at SPL level and read
u-boot proper from SD-Card, the pinctrl must be initialized.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add initial support for the rk3588 PHY variant.
The lookup for the host-port reg inside the struct now does a do {} while()
instead of a while() {} in order to allow a first check for reg == 0.
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Co-developed-by: Frank Wang <frank.wang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Wang <frank.wang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Some phys require a phy-supply property that is a phandle to a regulator
that needs to be enabled for phy operations.
Implement basic supply lookup, enable and disabling, if DM_REGULATOR is
available.
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[jonas@kwiboo.se:
use regulator_set_enable_if_allowed and disable if power_on ops fails]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Pull request efi-2023-07-rc3
Documentation:
* update the description of signature algorithms
UEFI:
* fix unaligned access to GUID in HII database protocol
* fix launching EFI binaries loaded via semihosting
* fix filling of file path in loaded image protocol for non-block devices
- Merge in a long-standing fix for some exynos platforms, correct a
Kconfig description, fix some env issues, fix an issue in
devfdt_get_addr_size_index_ptr and look for "panel-timings" not
"panel-timing" per upstream binding.
During refactor this seemed to have been missed.
Fixes: 65dbb128fb ("include: environment: ti: Use .env for environment variables")
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
For the devfdt_get_addr_size_index_ptr() function use
map_sysmem() function as cast for the return for use in
sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
In case where a single timing resolution is implemented in the
device-tree, the property is named "panel-timing", as specify
in Linux kernel binding file:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-common.yaml
# Display Timings
panel-timing:
description:
Most display panels are restricted to a single resolution and
require specific display timings. The panel-timing subnode expresses those
timings.
$ref: panel-timing.yaml#
display-timings:
description:
Some display panels support several resolutions with different timings.
The display-timings bindings supports specifying several timings and
optionally specifying which is the native mode.
$ref: display-timings.yaml#
Fixes: 0347cc7732 ("drivers: core: ofnode: Add panel timing decode.")
Signed-off-by: Raphael Gallais-Pou <raphael.gallais-pou@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
After converting my targets from CFG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS to
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_TEXT as suggested by Tom, I discovered that
fw_setenv doesn't set the entire defaut environment anymore.
I tried to fix it with the below patch, but it fails qemu-x86 CI test,
see https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-mpc8xx/-/pipelines/16326
That's the only CI test that fails AFAICS.
Could you help with a solution ? This needs to be fixed.
Thanks
Christophe
---- >8 ----
From: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Subject: [RFC PATCH] envtools: Fix default environment
After converting some targets from CFG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS to
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_TEXT, default environment embedded in
fw_env tool missed all extra settings.
Commit 86b9c3e4e4 ("env: Allow U-Boot scripts to be placed in
a .env file") restricted the inclusion of the content of that
file to builds without USE_HOSTCC.
But as mentionned in commit 79fc0c5f49 ("tools/env: cross-compile
fw_printenv without setting HOSTCC"), HOSTCC and USE_HOSTCC are
kept for code re-use.
Remove the restricting so that settings included in a .env
file are also added to fw_env tool.
Fixes: 86b9c3e4e4 ("env: Allow U-Boot scripts to be placed in a .env file")
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Otherwise non-ChromeOS samsung devices, like the odroid boards, are
stuck in a bootloop if CONFIG_CROS_EC is not enabled:
<...>
MMC: SAMSUNG SDHCI: 2, EXYNOS DWMMC: 0
Loading Environment from MMC... *** Warning - bad CRC, using default environment
cros-ec communications failure -96
Please reset with Power+Refresh
Cannot init cros-ec device
resetting ...
Issue started after commit e44d7e73fe ("dm: core: Switch
uclass_*_device_err to use uclass_*_device_check").
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This reverts commit a034ec06ff.
Commit 4a3ea75de4 ("Revert "mmc: sdhci: set to INT_DATA_END when
there are data"") reverted the alternative fix that was added for
Exynos 4 devices, causing an error when trying to boot from an sdcard:
<...>
Loading Environment from MMC... sdhci_send_command: Timeout for status update!
mmc fail to send stop cmd
<...>
Re-add the quirk to allow booting from sdcards again.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Make it clear that this is the SPL option to avoid potential confusion
when the description for CONFIG_SPL_VIDEO is the same as that for
CONFIG_VIDEO.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
flash_get_size() will get the flash size from the device itself and go
through all erase regions to read protection status. However, the device
mappable region (eg: devicetree reg property) might be lower than the
device full size which means that the above cycle will result in a data
bus exception. This change fixes it by reading the 'addr_size' during
probe() and also use that as one possible upper limit.
Signed-off-by: Nuno Sá <nuno.sa@analog.com>
- Assorted bootstd fixes and cleanups. This should fix problems with
Debian, and make script-based distributions work when BOOTMETH_DISTRO
is enabled now (as BOOTMETH_DISTRO was renamed and then reintroduced).
We cannot be sure what bootmeth a distro will need to use. Add a new
BOOTMETH_DISTRO option which collects these together. Select this from
BOOTSTD_DEFAULTS so that it is clear what is needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Make BOOTMETH_EFILOADER depend on EFI_LOADER, select if EFI_LOADER]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We use the terms 'distro' to mean extlinux but they are not really the
same. 'Distro' could refer to any method of booting a distribution,
whereas extlinux is a particular method.
Also we sometimes use syslinux, but it is better to use the same term in
all cases.
Rename distro to syslinux and also update bootstd uses of syslinux to use
extlinux instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In a few cases the error handling is not quite right. Make sure we
return the actual error in distro_efi_read_bootflow_file() rather than
-EINVAL. Return -IO when a file cannot be read. Also show the error name
if available.
This does not change operation, but does make it easier to diagnose
problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The patch to relax flag requirements was not accepted[1], so we still have
to have separate bootcommands depending on CMD_BOOTFLOW_FULL.
The previous attempt at this did not work, since it used the wrong name
for the options.
Fix this and change the message to mention BOOTSTD_FULL since this affects
not just the flags, but all functionality, so is more likely what the user
wants.
Drop the useless condition on CMD_BOOTFLOW_FULL while we are here.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20230329071655.1959513-2-sjg@chromium.org/
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: a91492b6e9 ("bootstd: Provide a default command")
Armbian uses a script which needs the HUSH parser. It is likely that
other distros will do the same. Enable it by default, just in case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
This causes crashes on some boards, e.g. rockpro64. In any case, we
should not do it.
Check the usb_started flag to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This should be declared in a header file so that type-checking works
correctly.
Add a single declaration to usb.h and remove the others.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
If there is no partition numbered 1, we decide that there are no
partitions at all. That may not be correct, since at least one Debian
installed has just a single partition numbered 2.
Continue searching up to partition 3, just in case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* When called from efi_dp_from_name() we miss to append the filename
for non-block devices.
* expand_media_path() could be simplified by using efi_dp_from_file to
prepend the device path of the boot device.
This can be avoided by passing a device path to efi_dp_from_file() instead
of a block device descriptor and a partition number.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* Improve variable name usage: Use pos instead of buf to indicate the
current position in a buffer.
* Avoid double assignment in a single code line.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
efi_dp_from_name() has duplicate code to replace slash by backslash.
path_to_uefi() called by efi_dp_from_file() already does this.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
According to our coding style guide #ifdef should be avoided.
Use IS_ENABLED() instead.
Sort string comparisons alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Executing an EFI binary fails for files loaded via semihosting.
Construct a dummy device path for EFI binaries loaded via semihosting.
A future complete solution may include the creation of a handle with a
simple file system protocol.
Reported-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tom reports that when building with clang we see this warning:
field guid within 'struct efi_hii_keyboard_layout' is less aligned than 'efi_guid_t' and is usually due to 'struct efi_hii_keyboard_layout' being packed, which can lead to unaligned accesses [-Wunaligned-access]
This happens because 'struct efi_hii_keyboard_layout' is defined as
packed and thus has 1-byte alignment but efi_guid_t is a type that
requires greater alignment than that.
However the EFI spec describes the EFI_GUID as
"128-bit buffer containing a unique identifier value.
Unless otherwise specified"
So convert the efi_guid_t -> u8 b[16] here and skip the alignment
requirements. Since the struct is packed to begin with, it makes no
difference on the final memory layout.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Symbol CONFIG_EFI_SETUP_EARLY does not exist anymore.
CONFIG_FWU_MULTI_BANK_UPDATE without CONFIG_FWU_MDATA results in
lib/fwu_updates/fwu.c:49: undefined reference to `fwu_get_mdata'
Fixes: 8679405241 ("FWU: Add support for the FWU Multi Bank Update feature")
Fixes: 023d9c9393 ("efi_loader: remove CONFIG_EFI_SETUP_EARLY")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Since U-Boot supports more RSA/SHA variants, as well as ECDSA, remove
these items from the TODO list.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot supports more hash and verification algorithms these days.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As a starting point, list all currently supported Renesas boards.
For the RZ/N1 board, add details about booting and flashing.
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Renesas RZ/N1 devices contain BootROM code that loads a custom SPKG
image from QSPI, NAND or USB DFU. Support this format in mkimage tool.
SPKGs can optionally be signed, however creation of signed SPKG is not
currently supported.
Example of how to use it:
tools/mkimage -n board/schneider/rzn1-snarc/spkgimage.cfg \
-T spkgimage -a 0x20040000 -e 0x20040000 \
-d u-boot.bin u-boot.bin.spkg
The config file (spkgimage.cfg in this example) contains additional
parameters such as NAND ECC settings.
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add support for Schneider Electric RZ/N1D and RZ/N1S boards, which
are based on the Reneasas RZ/N1 SoC devices.
The intention is to support both boards using a single defconfig, and to
handle the differences at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The RZ/N1 is a family of SoC devices from Renesas, featuring:
* ARM Cortex-A7 CPU (single/dual core) and/or Cortex-M3
* Integrated SRAM up to 6MB
* Integrated gigabit ethernet switch
* Optional DDR2/3 controller
* I2C, SPI, UART, NAND, QSPI, SDIO, USB, CAN, RTC, LCD
Add basic support for this family, modeled on the existing RZA1.
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Pinctrl/pinconf driver for Renesas RZ/N1 (R906G032) SoC.
This is quite rudimentary right now, and only supports applying a
default pin configuration as specified by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Clock driver for the Renesas RZ/N1 SoC family. This is based on
Linux kernel 6.2.y drivers/clk/renesas/r9a06g032-clocks.c as found in
commit 02693e11611e ("clk: renesas: r9a06g032: Repair grave increment error"),
with the following additional patch series applied:
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-renesas-soc/20230301215520.828455-1-ralph.siemsen@linaro.org/
Notable difference: this version avoids allocating a 'struct clk'
for each clock source, as this is problematic before relocation.
Instead, it uses the same approach as existing Renesas R-Car Gen2/3
clock drivers, using a temporary structure filled on-the-fly.
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add new CONFIG_CLK_RCAR to control compilation of shared code for R-Car
clock drivers (renesas-cpg-mssr.c). Enable this for R-Car Gen2 and 3.
This is necessary so that CONFIG_CLK_RENESAS can be enabled, allowing
recursion into the drivers/clk/reneasas directory, without bringing in
the R-Car support code. The support code contains platform specific
access (TMU_BASE) which is not needed on other Renesas devices such as
RZ/N1.
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Commit 2564fce7ee ("sunxi: move Cortex SMPEN setting into start.S")
added SPL_ARMV7_SET_CORTEX_SMPEN to enable setting SMP bit. For
platforms not using SPL boot, add the corresponding non-SPL config,
so that CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(ARMV7_SET_CORTEX_SMPEN) works as expected.
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Move the TPL up a little to make room for the refcode binary blob. Also
increase the pre-relocation memory to make space for recent additions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These are not used in TPL so disable the drivers to save space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This copies the cpu_call64() function to memory address and then jumps to
it. This seems to work correctly even when called from SPL, which is
running from SPI flash.
Drop the copy as it is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We don't need to commit the SPI-flash MTRR change immediately, since it is
now done in the board_init_f_r(). Also this causes chromebook_link64 to
hang, presumably since we are still running from CAR (Cache-as-RAM) in
SPL. Coral handles this OK, perhaps since it is running from a different
memory area, but it has no effect on Coral anyway.
Drop the extra mtrr_commit() in the SPL implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function is used by U-Boot proper. It does not set up MTRRs when SPL
is enabled, but we do want this done when it is called from SPL. In fact
it is confusing to use the same function from SPL, since there are quite
a few conditions there.
All init_cache_f_r() really does is commit the MTRRs and set up the cache.
Do this in the SPL's version of this function instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use the binman symbols for this, to avoid hard-coding the value. We could
use CONFIG_X86_OFFSET_U_BOOT for the address, but it seems better to
obtain the offset and size through the same mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Probing LPC can cause PCI enumeration to take place, which significantly
increases pre-relocation memory usage. Also, LPC is somtimes enabled
directly by SPL.
Adjust the logic to probe the LPC only after relocation. This allows
chromebook_link64 to start up without a much larger
CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Show the area of memory cleared for BSS, when debugging is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
SPL printf() does not normally support %#x so just use %x instead. Hex is
expected in U-Boot anyway.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
For now, just enable the fast-but-large string functions in 32-boot
U-Boot proper only. Avoid using them in SPL. We cannot use then in 64-bit
builds since we only have 32-bit assembly.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The debug UART is already set up in SPL, so there is no need to do
anything here. We must provide the (empty) function though.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This adds a lot of code so that it cannot be built with the binary
blobs. It is not used on this board. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The bd82x6x_get_gpio_base() does not work if the LPC is not set up.
Probe it early to avoid this problem.
In chromebook_link64 this problem shows up as an inability to read
the GPIO straps for the memory type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The 'tiny' SPI nor functions have the same name as their big brothers,
which can be confusing. Use different names so it is clear which
version is in the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With tiny SPI flash the erasesize is 0 which can cause a divide-by-zero
error. Check for this and return a proper error instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Allow symbol writing in these cases so that U-Boot can find the position
and size of U-Boot at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The original function was only called once, before relocation. The new
one is called again after relocation. This was not the intent of the
original call. Fix this by renaming and updating the calling logic.
With this, chromebook_link64 makes it through SPL.
Fixes: 7fe32b3442 ("event: Convert arch_cpu_init_dm() to use events")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is useful when looking for tables in memory. Enable it for coreboot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable support for NVMe storage devices. Update the driver to enable the
bus master bit, since coreboot does not do that automatically.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
U-Boot sets up devices ready for use, but coreboot does not. Enable this
so that NVMe works OK from coreboot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Sometimes coreboot adds new tags that U-Boot does not know about. These
are silently ignored, but it is useful to at least know what we are
missing.
Add a way to collect this information. For Brya it shows:
Unimpl. 38 41 37 34 42 40
These are:
LB_TAG_PLATFORM_BLOB_VERSION
LB_TAG_ACPI_CNVS
LB_TAG_FMAP
LB_TAG_VBOOT_WORKBUF
LB_TAG_TYPE_C_INFO
LB_TAG_BOARD_CONFIG
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Turn these options on to make it easier to debug things.
Also enable dhrystone so we can get some measure of performance.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable this so that PCI devices can be used correctly without needing
to do a manual scan.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is much more common on modern hardware, so default to using it.
This does not affect the normal UART, but does allow the debug UART to
work, since it uses serial_out_shift(), etc.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When U-Boot is the second-stage bootloader, PCI is already set up. We
cannot read the regions from the device tree. There is no point anyway,
since PCI devices have already been allocated according to the regions
and it is not safe for U-Boot to make any changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fixes: f2ebaaa9f3 ("pci: Handle failed calloc in decode_regions()")
Tested-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When coreboot does not pass a UART in its sysinfo struct, there is no
easy way to find it out.
Since coreboot does not actually init the serial device when serial is
disabled, it is not possible to make it add this information to the
sysinfo table.
Add a way to obtain this information from the DBG2 ACPI table, which is
normally set up by coreboot.
For now this only supports a memory-mapped 16550-style UART.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present any ACPI tables created by prior-stage firmware are ignored.
It is useful to be able to view these in U-Boot.
Pick this up from the sysinfo tables and display it with the cbsysinfo
command. This allows the 'acpi list' command to work when booting from
coreboot.
Adjust the global_data condition so that acpi_start is available even if
table-generation is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is useful for other features. Move the function into library code
so it can be used outside just the 'acpi' command.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We have several Kconfig options for ACPI, but all relate to specific
functions, such as generating tables and AML code.
Add a new option which controls including basic ACPI library code,
including the lib/acpi directory. This will allow us to add functions
which are available even if table generation is not supported.
Adjust the command to avoid a build error when ACPIGEN is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If U-Boot is not the first-stage bootloader the keyboard may already be
set up. Make sure to flush any data before trying to reset it. This
avoids a long timeout / hang.
Add some comments and a log category while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Avoid searching starting at 0 since this memory may not be available,
e.g. if protection against NULL-pointer access is enabled. The table
cannot be there anyway, since the first 1KB of memory was originally
used for the interrupt table and coreboot avoids it.
Start at 0x400 instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When U-Boot did not do the MP init, we don't get an actual CPU number
here. Skip printing it in that case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Rockchip NFC driver update and dev addr pointer api update;
- use standard dr_mode for usb driver;
- rock pi boards dts update;
- Add rk3566 Anbernic boards;
- Misc fixes for drivers;
The CRU is being probed with a default set of assigned clocks, which
are not implemented in the driver at all.
Hence, when clk_set_defaults is called, it fails with ENOENT.
This would not be a problem, as the CRU still handles all the required
clocks, and the assigned clocks are default configs which are preprogrammed
or not required for Uboot operations.
However, the rockchip reset driver is being bound by the same DT node
as CRU, as the reset driver has no DT node.
But, when probing the reset node, it will call again the clk_set_defaults
for the CRU node, and failing because of missing those specific clocks
in the rk3588 clock driver.
To avoid this, simply implement a basic set/get that will just return
success and the default corresponding rate for the required assigned clocks.
As those clocks were not supported in Uboot, not required for Uboot
operations, there is no need to do any different kind of initialization.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The OTG port is identified by inspecting the "dr_mode" property which is
expected to be "otg" for this port. But it will work just as well as a
device controller when dr_mode is set to "peripheral", which may be
required if the mode detection pin is not set up correctly and the
device controller needs to be programmed to override this.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Instead of duplicating the string values here, use usb_get_dr_mode() to
handle the property lookup and converting the values to an enum.
This is implemented with a switch in preparation for the next patch
which adds extra handling for peripheral mode.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Linux commit 246450344dad arm64: dts: rockchip: rk3399: Radxa ROCK 4C+
Add support for Radxa ROCK 4C+ SBC.
Key differences of 4C+ compared to previous ROCK Pi 4.
- Rockchip RK3399-T SoC
- DP from 4C replaced with micro HDMI 2K@60fps
- 4-lane MIPI DSI with 1920*1080
- RK817 Audio codec
Also, an official naming convention from Radxa mention to remove
Pi from board name, so this 4C+ is named as Radxa ROCK 4C+ not
Radxa ROCK Pi 4C+.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Chen <stephen@radxa.com>
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3399-rock-pi-4a.dtb is enough for Radxa ROCK Pi 4A/B/A+/B+ and ROCK 4SE.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
sync dts{,i} files for Radxa ROCK Pi 4 series with Linux 6.3.
because rk3399-rock-pi-4a.dts is enough for ROCK Pi 4A/B/A+/B+ and ROCK
4SE, delete dts{,i} for ROCK Pi 4B.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Implement a resource release mechanism on failing probe.
Without this, a strange situation can happen e.g. when init port fails,
or attempting to get the PHY fails, because the gpios have been
requested first, and if the user tries to do 'pci enum' again, the
driver will fail with 'can't find reset gpios' even if the gpios are
there, just because they were blocked by a previous probe attempt.
It is only natural to release the acquired resources if the probe fails,
just for consistency if nothing else.
This way on subsequent probe attempts, the user will get the same error
message, and not something different that doesn't make sense.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The AM64x SR2.0 SK board uses "AM64B-SKEVM" as the EEPROM identifier.
This board is similar to the AM64x SKEVM except that it has a new
PMIC that will be enabled in the future and consequently could use a
different device tree file in the future.
For now we treat the board same as an AM64x SK.
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Add method to remove video driver before loading u-boot proper. When
bootstage changes from SPL to u-boot proper, noo method is called to
remove video driver, and at u-boot proper if video driver is not
enabled, the video driver starts displaying garbage on the screen,
because there is no reserved space for video and the frame buffer gets
u-boot proper data written.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
To enable splash screen on AM62x at a53 SPL setup DRAM, set page table,
enable cache to allow copying of bmp image to frame buffer and display
it using splash_display.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Change splashimage which is bmp image loadaddr to 0x80200000 since stack
is situated at 0x80477660 as splash framework requires bmp image to be
present above stack.
Change splashsource to sf to support loading bmp image from ospi flash
memory.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
btrfs_read_extent_reg correctly computed the extent offset in the
BTRFS_COMPRESS_NONE case, but did not account for the 'offset - key.offset'
part correctly in the compressed case, making the function read
incorrect data.
In the case I examined, the last 4k of a file was corrupted and
contained data from a few blocks prior, e.g. reading a 10k file with a
single extent:
btrfs_file_read()
-> btrfs_read_extent_reg
(aligned part loop, until 8k)
-> read_and_truncate_page
-> btrfs_read_extent_reg
(re-reads the last extent from 8k to the end,
incorrectly reading the first 2k of data)
This can be reproduced as follow:
$ truncate -s 200M btr
$ mount btr -o compress /mnt
$ pat() { dd if=/dev/zero bs=1M count=$1 iflag=count_bytes status=none | tr '\0' "\\$2"; }
$ { pat 4K 1; pat 4K 2; pat 2K 3; } > /mnt/file
$ sync
$ filefrag -v /mnt/file
File size of /mnt/file is 10240 (3 blocks of 4096 bytes)
ext: logical_offset: physical_offset: length: expected: flags:
0: 0.. 2: 3328.. 3330: 3: last,encoded,eof
$ umount /mnt
Then in u-boot:
=> load scsi 0 2000000 file
10240 bytes read in 3 ms (3.3 MiB/s)
=> md 2001ff0
02001ff0: 02020202 02020202 02020202 02020202 ................
02002000: 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 ................
02002010: 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 ................
(02002000 onwards should contain '03' pattern but went back to 01,
start of the extent)
After patch, data is read properly:
=> md 2001ff0
02001ff0: 02020202 02020202 02020202 02020202 ................
02002000: 03030303 03030303 03030303 03030303 ................
02002010: 03030303 03030303 03030303 03030303 ................
Note that the code previously (before commit e3427184f3 ("fs: btrfs:
Implement btrfs_file_read()")) did not split that read in two, so
this is a regression even if the previous code might not have been
handling offsets correctly either (something that booted now fails to
boot)
Fixes: a26a6bedaf ("fs: btrfs: Introduce btrfs_read_extent_inline() and btrfs_read_extent_reg()")
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@atmark-techno.com>
Reviewed-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Move the handler for "tlv_eeprom dev X" command to the beginning of
do_tlv_eeprom, to allow using it before issuing a "read" command for
currently selected eeprom.
Also remove the check if eeprom exists, since that can only work after
the first execution of read_eeprom triggered device lookup.
Instead accept values up to the defined array size (MAX_TLV_DEVICES).
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When tlv eeprom does not exist, return error code instead of quietly
making up tlv structure in memory.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
has_been_read is only used as an optimization for do_tlv_eeprom.
Explicitly use and set inside this function, thus making read_eeprom
stateless.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The Anbernic RGxx3 is a "pseudo-device" that encompasses the following
devices:
- Anbernic RG353M
- Anbernic RG353P
- Anbernic RG353V
- Anbernic RG353VS
- Anbernic RG503
The rk3566-anbernic-rgxx3.dtsi is synced with upstream Linux, but
rk3566-anbernic-rgxx3.dts is a U-Boot specific devicetree that
is used for all RGxx3 devices.
Via the board.c file, the bootloader automatically sets the correct
fdtfile, board, and board_name environment variables so that the
correct devicetree can be passed to Linux. It is also possible to
simply hard-code a single devicetree in the boot.scr file and use
that to load Linux as well.
The common specifications for each device are:
- Rockchip RK3566 SoC
- 2 external SDMMC slots
- 1 USB-C host port, 1 USB-C peripheral port
- 1 mini-HDMI output
- MIPI-DSI based display panel
- ADC controlled joysticks with a GPIO mux
- GPIO buttons
- A PWM controlled vibrator
- An ADC controlled button
All of the common features are defined in the devicetree synced from
upstream Linux.
TODO: DSI panel auto-detection for the RG353 devices (requires porting
of DSI controller driver and DSI-DPHY driver to send DSI commands to
the panel).
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some RK3399 boards, such as newer revisions of NanoPi R4S, do not
provide an EEPROM chip containing a globally unique MAC address.
Currently, this means that a randomly generated temporary MAC address
may be generated each time the device is rebooted, leading to ARP cache
issues and other confusing bugs.
Since RK3399 CPUs provide a built-in unique serial number, we can
reliably derive a locally MAC address from it by reading the
corresponding bits from the non-secure efuse block.
Enable configuration options that allow deriving a local MAC address
from the CPU serial number.
The DT specification supports CPUs with both 32-bit and 64-bit addressing
capabilities. In U-boot the fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size are coupled
by a typedef. The MTD NAND drivers for 32-bit CPU's can describe partitions
with a 64-bit reg property. These partitions synced from Linux end up with
the wrong offset and sizes when only the lower 32-bit is passed.
Decouple the fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size as they don't necessary
match.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled.
A 32bit CPU can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser,
so fix ofnode_get_addr_size function with fdt_addr_t input to
be able to handle both sizes for stm32mp SoC in spl.c file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled. A 32bit CPU
can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser, so fix some
debug strings with fdt_addr_t to be able to handle both sizes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled. A 32bit CPU
can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser, so use
devfdt_get_addr_ptr instead of the devfdt_get_addr function in
the various files in the drivers directory that cast to a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled. A 32bit CPU
can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser, so use
devfdt_get_addr_index_ptr instead of the devfdt_get_addr_index function
in the various files in the drivers directory that cast to a pointer.
As we are there also streamline the error response to -EINVAL on return.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled. A 32bit CPU
can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser, so use
devfdt_get_addr_size_index_ptr instead of the devfdt_get_addr_size_index
function in the various files in the drivers directory that cast to
a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled. A 32bit CPU
can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser, so use
dev_read_addr_ptr instead of the dev_read_addr function in the
various files in the drivers directory that cast to a pointer.
As we are there also streamline the error response to -EINVAL on return.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled. A 32bit CPU
can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser, so use
dev_read_addr_index_ptr instead of the dev_read_addr_index function
in the various files in the drivers directory that cast to a pointer.
As we are there also streamline the error response to -EINVAL on return.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled.
A 32bit CPU can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser,
so use devfdt_get_addr_index_ptr and devfdt_get_addr_size_index_ptr
function in the spi-aspeed-smc.c file. Also fix dev_dbg to be able
to handle both sizes. As we are there also streamline the error
response to -EINVAL on return.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Add dev_read_addr_index_ptr function with the
same functionality as dev_read_addr_index,
but instead a return pointer is given.
Use map_sysmem() function as cast for the return.
Make same fix for dev_read_addr_ptr() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add devfdt_get_addr_size_index_ptr function with the same
functionality as devfdt_get_addr_size_index, but instead
a return pointer is given.
Suggested-by: Michael Nazzareno Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Rockchip SoC rk3288 has 2 types of device trees floating around.
A 64bit reg size when synced from Linux and a 32bit for U-boot.
A pre-probe function in the syscon class driver assumes only 32bit.
For other odd reg structures the regmap must be defined in the individual
syscon driver. Store rk3288 platdata in a regmap before pre-probe
during bind.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled.
A 32bit CPU can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser,
so convert regmap_init_mem_plat() input to handel both. The
syscon class driver also makes use of the regmap_init_mem_plat()
function, but has no way of knowing the format of the
device-specific platform data. In case of odd reg structures other
then that the syscon class driver assumes the regmap must be
filled in the individual syscon driver before pre-probe.
Also fix the ARRAY_SIZE divider in the syscon class driver.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t are split it turns out that
the header don't match the functions, so fix the headers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled.
A 32bit CPU can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser,
so use a base variable with uintptr_t size in the
rk_spi.c file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled.
A 32bit CPU can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser,
so use a base variable with uintptr_t size in the
rk_pwm.c file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled.
A 32bit CPU can expect 64-bit data from the device tree parser,
so use a regs variable with uintptr_t size in the
dw-apb-timer.c file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled.
A 32bit CPU can expext 64-bit data from the device tree parser,
so use dev_read_addr_ptr in the rockchip-saradc.c file.
As we are there also streamline the error response to -EINVAL on return.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The MTD framework reserves 1 or 2 bytes for the bad block marker
depending on the bus size. The rockchip_nfc driver currently only
supports a 8 bit bus, but reserves standard 2 bytes for the BBM.
The first free OOB byte is therefore OOB2 at offset 2.
Page address(PA) bytes are moved to the last 4 positions before
ECC. Update the description for U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add flash_node to the rockchip_nfc driver chip structure in order
to find the partitions in the add_mtd_partitions_of() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
The MTD framework in U-boot is not identical for drivers ported
from Linux. The rockchip_nfc driver was ported with OOB ops functions
while the framework expects a layout structure per chip.
Fix by adding a structure with OOB data and remove unused functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
The compatible string for rk3308 has as fallback string
"rockchip,rv1108-nfc". As there is no logic in probe priority between
the SoC orientated string and the fall back, so remove the compatible
string "rockchip,rk3308-nfc" from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
The fdt_addr_t and phys_addr_t size have been decoupled.
A 32bit CPU can expext 64-bit data from the device tree parser,
so use dev_read_addr_ptr in the rockchip_nfc.c file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Add minimal support for 8125B version.
Changes are based on the Linux driver.
Tested on Radxa Rock 5B Rk3588 board.
Connection to a laptop worked fine in 100 Mbps mode.
1000 Mbps mode is not working at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
In IPv6, the default gateway and prefix length are determined by receiving
a router advertisement as defined in -
https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4861.
Add support for sending router solicitation (RS) and processing router
advertisements (RA).
If the RA has prefix info option and following conditions are met, then
gatewayip6 and net_prefix_length of ip6addr env variables are initialized.
These are later consumed by IPv6 code for non-local destination IP.
- "Router Lifetime" != 0
- Prefix is NOT link-local prefix (0xfe80::/10)
- L flag is 1
- "Valid Lifetime" != 0
Timing Parameters:
- MAX_RTR_SOLICITATION_DELAY (0-1s)
- RTR_SOLICITATION_INTERVAL (4s) (min retransmit delay)
- MAX_RTR_SOLICITATIONS (3 RS transmissions)
The functionality is enabled by CONFIG_IPV6_ROUTER_DISCOVERY and invoked
automatically from net_init_loop().
Signed-off-by: Ehsan Mohandesi <emohandesi@linux.microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>Reviewed-by:
Tested-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Tested-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Recent commit 75d28899e3 ("net: phy: Synchronize PHY interface modes
with Linux") reordered the enum definitions. This exposed a problem
in range checking functions to identify the interface type. Though
this specific api wasn't impacted (all the RGMII definitions remained
within range), this experience should be used to never to have to face
this kind of challenge again.
While it is possible for the phy drivers to use the enums directly,
drivers such as dp83867, dp83869, marvell, micrel_ksz90x1 etc use this
api.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Recent commit 75d28899e3 ("net: phy: Synchronize PHY interface modes
with Linux") reordered the enum definitions. This caused the range of
enums that this api was checking to go bad.
There aren't anymore users of phy_interface_is_sgmii, so, just drop
it. Also the protocols are so very different that it makes no sense to
provide a helper wrapper in the hope of reuse for phy drivers.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Suggested-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Suggested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20230414103852.38705065@dellmb/
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Make following changes to unblock TCP fastboot support:
1. Implement being a TCP server support
2. Introduce dedicated TCP traffic handler (get rid of UDP signature)
3. Ensure seq_num and ack_num are respected in net_send_tcp_packet
function (make sure existing wget_cmd code is reflected with the fix)
Signed-off-by: Dmitrii Merkurev <dimorinny@google.com>
Cc: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Сс: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Сс: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Adds commands to support DHCP and PXE with IPv6.
New configs added:
- CMD_DHCP6
- DHCP6_PXE_CLIENTARCH
- DHCP6_PXE_DHCP_OPTION
- DHCP6_ENTERPRISE_ID
New commands added (when IPv6 is enabled):
- dhcp6
- pxe get -ipv6
- pxe boot -ipv6
Signed-off-by: Sean Edmond <seanedmond@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Adds DHCPv6 protocol to u-boot.
Allows for address assignement with DHCPv6 4-message exchange
(SOLICIT->ADVERTISE->REQUEST->REPLY). Includes DHCPv6 options
required by RFC 8415. Also adds DHCPv6 options required
for PXE boot.
Possible enhancements:
- Duplicate address detection on DHCPv6 assigned address
- IPv6 address assignement through SLAAC
- Sending/parsing other DHCPv6 options (NTP, DNS, etc...)
Signed-off-by: Sean Edmond <seanedmond@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
rtl8211e_startup() is an exact copy of genphy_startup(). Use that
instead of duplicating it.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Read the phy mode of the external phy from the device tree if available
and check that it is a RGMII variant.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
NFSv1 support added by Christian Gmeiner, Thomas Rienoessl,
September 27, 2018. As of now, NFSv3 is the default choice.
if the server does not support NFSv3, we fall back to
versions 2 or 1.
Signed-off-by: Thomas RIENOESSL <thomas.rienoessl@bachmann.info>
Without that patch it lost track to the node to scan
speed and duplex.
Patch was created by Marek Vasut, just tested by me.
Signed-off-by: Elmar Psilog <epsi@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Fix "setenv gatewayip6".
Synchronize IPv6 local variables with environment variables
in netboot_update_env()
Signed-off-by: Sean Edmond <seanedmond@microsoft.com>
In the process of adopting CONFIG_DM_ETH on the DPAA2 based platforms,
interfaces which were previously defined as "xgmii" were transitioned to
be defined as "xfi" in the DTS.
See the commit below for reference:
commit 87274918f2 ("arm: dts: ls2088ardb: add DPMAC and PHY nodes")
Then Vladimir's commit replaced all occurrences of "xfi" with
"10gbase-r" in an effort to make U-Boot work with the same device tree
as Linux.
commit 77b11f7604 ("net: replace the "xfi" phy-mode with "10gbase-r"")
These changes to the phy_interface_t of an Ethernet port meant that the
mc_fixup_mac_addrs() function was no longer capable to properly fixup
the MAC addresses. The problem arises from the fact that the hardcoded
information about an interface (wriop_get_enet_if()) was no longer
matching any actual device.
For example, the function tried to search for "DPMAC1@xgmii1" by name
using eth_get_dev_by_name() when only "DPMAC1@10gbase-r" was available.
This function removes the need to rely on the hardcoded information by
iterating through all the UCLASS_ETH devices which are DPAA2 and request
a fixup for each of them.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Export the ldpaa_eth_get_dpmac_id() function so that it can be used from
other drivers, especially by fsl-mc which will need it the next patch.
Also, create a macro for the Ethernet ldpaa driver name and export it as
well.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Add a port_probe function to configure the phy. This leads to
earlier link negotiation so the port is more likely to be ready
when used.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
We don't do anything useful with the master dev, so remove the variable.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
packet tagging is not used for this driver so we do not need to
call dsa_set_tagging.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
- enable video support in SPL
- support splash screen for TI am62x
- replace #ifdef and #if with if's in bmp/splash
- add lm3533 backlight driver
- add Solomon SSD2825 DSI/LVDS bridge driver
- add Renesas R61307 and R69328 MIPI DSI panel drivers
- add tegra DC based PWM backlight driver
- add generic endeavoru (HTC One X) panel driver
When CMPC885 board is used for MIAE device, SCC2 SCC3 and SMC2
are used for serial lines. Therefore only SCC4 is available for
handling the TDM line.
In order to use SCC4 in QMC mode without loosing SMC2, SMC2
must be relocated.
Activate SMC relocation and relocate SMC2 at offset 0x1fc0 which
is unused.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Instead of inhibiting parameter RAM relacation, take
into account the configured one.
It means INIT_TRX command cannot be used and must be done
manually as explained in the microcode patch application note.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
In order to use QMC mode in the CPM, a SCC requires more space
in parameter RAM.
After SCC1 there is I2C parameter RAM and after SCC2 there is
SPI parameter RAM. MPC866 and MPC885 can already relocate I2C and.
SPI parameter RAM.
But in order to free space after SCC3 and SCC4, SMC1 and SMC2
need to be relocated. In order to do so, a CPM microcode patch
is required.
Binary data for that patch is copied from Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
MPC885 CPU has the following ERRATA:
When the USB controller is configured in Host mode, and the
SOF generation (SFTE=1 in USMOD register) is being used,
there may be false CRC error indication in other SCCs.
Although the data is received correctly, the CRC result
will be corrupted.
Add capability to load the related microcode to fix it.
The microcode binary data is copied from Linux kernel.
Other microcode will be added in following patch so make it
a Kconfig choice.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
sparse reports the following warning:
CHECK arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/micropatch_usb_sof.c
arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/micropatch_usb_sof.c:29:9: warning: cast removes address space '<asn:2>' of expression
arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/micropatch_usb_sof.c:30:9: warning: cast removes address space '<asn:2>' of expression
This is because of (void *) casts for using memcpy() as a substitute.
Do like other architectures, __force the cast to silence the warning
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Somehow, I managed to typo our company name in the U-Boot
and Linux kernel submissions.
Fix this and update the copyright year at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
This synchronises the Linux device tree with U-Boot
(cp linux/..../fsl-ls1088a-ten64.dts uboot/..../fsl-ls1088a-ten64.dts),
as of Linux v6.2-rc5.
Missing from the U-Boot copy previously was the
Ethernet PCS definitions (required for linking with PHY in
Linux but not used by U-Boot) and various upstream
fixes and formatting changes.
The board microcontroller (which doesn't have a Linux driver)
has been moved to the -u-boot.dtsi, as well as the
spi0 quadspi alias (used by U-boot 'sf' but not valid for Linux).
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
Our [U-Boot] copy of fsl-ls1088a.dtsi had all the hardware under
the top level, until the DM_SERIAL implementation recently.
In this commit, remove any remaining devices (that were in U-Boot,
but not touched by previous patches in this series) to be under /soc,
updating to their upstream (Linux) bindings.
The bindings have been copied closest to their relative positions
in the Linux version, so the eventual result is that the U-Boot
and Linux fsl-ls1088a.dtsi will be identical.
The next commit will add the hardware bindings that were not
in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
This moves the fsl-mc device tree definition under the /soc
node, as well as adding interrupt and IOMMU definitions that
were not in U-Boot before.
There are slight differences between the two bindings
as we add a "simple-mfd" compatible to function
under U-Boot's driver model.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
Synchronise the MDIO controller definitions with Linux, so
the controllers will be usable when passing U-Boot's
control FDT to Linux.
This also adds the PCS (internal controller) definitions
which are not used by U-Boot.
Caveat: The kernel definition uses "fsl,fman-memac-mdio",
as with other members of the Layerscape family, but
U-Boot uses a different driver for the DPAA2
Family devices (LS1088/LS2088/LX2160). So
we use "fsl,ls-mdio" as the first compatible string
for these devices.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
Synchronise the USB device tree definition with Linux, allowing
the U-Boot control FDT to be used to boot a Linux system with
working USB.
An extra compatible string, "fsl,layerscape-dwc3" is needed
for special handling in U-Boot, so has been added to the
-u-boot.dtsi file. It might be better to add this to the
Linux source bindings.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
U-Boot's definition for the I2C controllers did not contain any
clock information. This resulted in the I2C not functioning when
the U-Boot control FDT was passed to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
Move the GPIO controller definitions under the "soc" and in
the same relative position as the Linux kernel fsl-ls1088a.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
The Linux kernel fsl-ls1088a.dtsi disables (status="disabled")
all PCIe controllers by default, with the bootloader (i.e U-Boot)
enabling the appropriate controllers (specified by the board
reset control word/RCW) by FDT fixup.
However, U-Boot needs these controllers to be enabled
to be usable, which we can add in the u-boot only dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
This moves the PCIe controller definitions under /soc and adopts
the same bindings (fsl,ls1088a-pcie) as Linux. Previously,
the format was different between the two versions.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
To synchronise the device tree in U-Boot with Linux, the GIC
(Interrupt Controller) and SMMU/IOMMU nodes need to be synchronised
before changing any dependent components like PCIe and DPAA2/fsl-mc.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
This allows the Layerscape PCIe RC driver to use the upstream
style binding (two "reg" entries instead of four).
It is similar to the previous commit e10da1f985
("pci: layerscape: add official ls1028a binding support")
which implemented this for the LS1028A.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
The top-level "memory" node does not exist in the Linux
version of the fsl-ls1088a.dtsi file. Move it to the U-Boot
"tweak" file, so we can have an identical copy of
fsl-ls1088a.dtsi between the projects in the end.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
This moves the bootph-all tags that were added in commit a593c1fec5
("arch: arm: dts: fsl-ls1088a.dtsi: tag serial nodes with bootph-all")
into a u-boot only include.
Due to the way the U-Boot device tree "tweak" system is setup[1],
we need to have a per-board <boardname>-u-boot.dtsi, which will
include the "fsl-ls1088a-u-boot.dtsi" tweaks.
By doing so, future updates to fsl-ls1088a.dtsi from upstream
(Linux kernel) can just be copied directly into the U-Boot tree,
without worrying about any extra data local to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
[1] - https://u-boot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/develop/devicetree/control.html#adding-tweaks-for-u-boot
The CONFIG_SYS_SOC, CONFIG_SYS_CPU and CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
values are the same for the entire Layerscape family,
meaning there is no ability to create a LS1088A only
file here. But we will be adding per-board tweaks
later in any case.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
The recent series "Convert LS1088A and LX2160 to DM_SERIAL"
from Ioana Ciornei provided the necessary support to enable
DM_SERIAL on the Ten64 board (LS1088A).
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
This a problem I found while updating the U-Boot fsl-ls1088a.dtsi
to match the Linux version.
fdt_fixup_remove_jr did not check whether there was a "crypto"
alias in the device tree before calling more fdt_* functions,
which resulted in a crash.
Fixes: a797f274
("ARMv8/sec_firmware : Update chosen/kaslr-seed with random number")
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # on LS1088A-RDB
Update the DDR settings to those generated using 0.6 version of
Jacinto 7 DDRSS Register Configuration tool.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Update the DDR settings to those generated using 0.9.1 version of
Jacinto 7 DDRSS Register Configuration tool.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
K3 devices have runtime type board detection. Make the default defconfig
include the secure configuration. Then remove the HS specific config.
Non-HS devices will continue to boot due to runtime device type detection.
If TI_SECURE_DEV_PKG is not set the build will emit warnings, for non-HS
devices these can be ignored.
Reviewed-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
On K3 HS-SE devices all the firewalls are locked by default
until sysfw comes up. Rom configures some of the firewall for its usage
along with the SRAM for R5 but the PSRAM region is still locked.
The K3 MCU Scratchpad for j721s2 was set to a PSRAM region triggering the
firewall exception before sysfw came up. The exception started happening
after adding multi dtb support that accesses the scratchpad for reading
EEPROM contents.
Old map:
┌─────────────────────────────────────┐ 0x41c00000
│ SPL │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41c61f20 (approx)
│ STACK │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41c65f20
│ Global data │
│ sizeof(struct global_data) = 0xd8 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ gd->malloc_base = 0x41c66000
│ HEAP │
│ CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN = 0x10000 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
│ SPL BSS │ (0x41c76000)
│ CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE = 0xA000 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ (0x41c80000)
│ DM DATA │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ (0x41c84130) (approx)
│ EMPTY │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘ CONFIG_SYS_K3_BOOT_PARAM_TABLE_INDEX
(0x41cffbfc)
New map:
┌─────────────────────────────────────┐ 0x41c00000
│ SPL │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41c61f20 (approx)
│ STACK │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ 0x41c65f20
│ Global data │
│ sizeof(struct global_data) = 0xd8 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ gd->malloc_base = 0x41c66000
│ HEAP │
│ CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN = 0x10000 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
│ SPL BSS │ (0x41c76000)
│ CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE = 0xA000 │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ (0x41c80000)
│ DM DATA │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ (0x41c84130) (approx)
│ EMPTY │
├─────────────────────────────────────┤ SYS_K3_MCU_SCRATCHPAD_BASE
│ SCRATCHPAD │ (0x41cff9fc)
│ SYS_K3_MCU_SCRATCHPAD_SIZE = 0x200 │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘ CONFIG_SYS_K3_BOOT_PARAM_TABLE_INDEX
(0x41cffbfc)
Reviewed-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
K3 devices have runtime type board detection. Make the default defconfig
include the secure configuration. Then remove the HS specific config.
Non-HS devices will continue to boot due to runtime device type detection.
If TI_SECURE_DEV_PKG is not set the build will emit warnings, for non-HS
devices these can be ignored.
Reviewed-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Create *-u-boot.dtsi files for each target dtb of the IOT2050 series so
that we can drop the #include deviations from upstream dts[i] files
here.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
When OE is packaging a dtb file into the FIT image it names the node based
on the dtb filename. Node names can't have "/" so it is turned into "_".
We select our FIT config using the "fdtfile" env var so we don't duplicate
the board_name to fdt logic. Result is fdtfile needs mangled when used to
select a config node from OE made FIT image. Do this here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable the CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE by default
Non-HS devices will continue to boot due to runtime device type detection.
TI's security enforcing SoCs will authenticate each binary it loads by
comparing it's signature with keys etched into the SoC during the boot
up process. The am62x family of SoCs by default will have some level of
security enforcement checking. To keep things as simple as possible,
enable the CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE options by default so all levels of
secure SoCs will work out of the box
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
ESM MCU masks must be set to 0h so that PMIC can handle errors
that require attention for example SYS_SAFETY_ERRn. The required bits
must be cleared: ESM_MCU_RST_MASK, ESM_MCU_FAIL_MASK, ESM_MCU_PIN_MASK.
If PMIC expected to handle errors, make sure EVM is configured to
connect SOC_SAFETY_ERRz (Main) to the PMIC.
Note that even though the User Guide for TPS65941 for J721E mentions
that these bits are reset to 0h; it is not reflected once board boots to
kernel, possibly due to NVM configurations. Eithercase, it is best to
account for this from R5 SPL side as well.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
- Various typo fixes, pass -Werror to host tools builds, bdi cleanups,
fix hush and local variables, a FSL PCI fix and correct some python in
one of the tests.
Using SMC relocation microcode patch or USB-SOF microcode patch
will disable DPRAM memory from 0x2000 to 0x2400 and from 0x2f00
to 0x3000.
At the time being, init RAM is setup to use 0x2800-0x2e00, but
the stack pointer goes beyond 0x2800 and even beyond 0x2400.
For the time being we are not going to use any microcode patch
that uses memory about 0x3000, so reorganise setup to use:
- 0x2800 - 0x2e00 for init malloc and global data and CPM buffers
- 0x3000 - 0x3c00 for init stack
For more details about CPM dual port ram, see
commit b1d62424cb ("powerpc: mpc8xx: redistribute data in CPM dpram")
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
We do not want to merge documentation that produces Sphinx warnings.
scripts/kernel-doc uses environment variable KDOC_WERROR to determine
if warnings should be treated as errors.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With relocation, CPM parameter RAM can be anywhere in the
dual port RAM, so don't split dual port RAM.
Remove dparam and dparam16 members of struct comm_proc
PROFF_XXX become offsets from the start of dual port RAM,
then they are now consistant with the offsets in RPBASE
registers.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
In order to know the motherboard type earlier, perform I/O ports
initialisation and FPGA loading in board_early_init_f() instead
of board_early_init_r().
This is needed to be able to load mpc8xx CPM microcode base on
motherboard type and before starting to use the CPM.
Console is not available yet so remove the printfs.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
This function uses the same base name as all the others in this file, so
it is not easy to run just that one test. Add a _base suffix so that it
can be run on its own.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Main U-Boot is loaded by sector number, not by partition GUID type.
Fixes: 70415e1e52 ("board: sifive: add HiFive Unmatched board support")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The number of the partition that U-Boot SPL loads the main U-Boot from is
defined as 2 by CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION=0x2. The
partition type GUID is not used currently.
Reword the description of the boot process to make it clearer.
Fixes: 5ecf9b0b8a ("board: starfive: add StarFive VisionFive v2 board support")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Support for the VisionFive 2 board is not contained in the most recent
OpenSBI release (v1.2).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Guide shows incorrect usage of proftool, which is confusing. If proftool
is used w/o '-o' argument it complains like following
$ ./sandbox/tools/proftool -m sandbox/System.map -t trace dump-ftrace > trace.dat
Must provide trace data, System.map file and output file
Usage: proftool [-cmtv] <cmd> <profdata>
s/>/-o/ fixes it and proftool outputs decoded data to trace.dat
Signed-off-by: Pavel Skripkin <paskripkin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The patch drops 0x prefixes because all numbers are interpreted as HEX
by default.
Also, it fixes the mismatch between input arguments and output at 'mmc
write' example. Now it's 256 (0x100) blocks.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Shirokov <shirokovalexs@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Variable old_outdir cannot be used before assignment.
The assignment must occur before the try block.
tools/dtoc/test_fdt.py:796:26:
E0601: Using variable 'old_outdir' before assignment
(used-before-assignment)
Add missing space in assignment.
Fixes: a004f29464 ("binman: Tidy up _SetupDtb() to use its own temporary file")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Freescale PCIe Root Port has PEXCSRBAR register at position of PCI BAR0.
PCIe Root Port does not have any PCIe memory, so returns zero when trying
to read from PCIe Root Port BAR0 and ignore any writes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
The host compiler is not failing on warnings at present, when the
-E flag is used in buildman. Add the required flag to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix comments error in EVENT_DEBUG description:
this get usefui -> this to get useful
Signed-off-by: Hugo Villeneuve <hvilleneuve@dimonoff.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix comments syntax error in event description:
creasted -> created
Signed-off-by: Hugo Villeneuve <hvilleneuve@dimonoff.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix comments syntax error in SPL_LOAD_FIT_APPLY_OVERLAY description.
Signed-off-by: Hugo Villeneuve <hvilleneuve@dimonoff.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Map fdt_blob and new_fdt to sysmem, otherwise $fdtcontroladdr
and bdinfo output do not match and the bdinfo output address
is not a valid address accessible via sandbox memory accessors.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Variable old_outdir cannot be used before assignment.
The assignment must occur before the try block.
tools/dtoc/test_fdt.py:796:26:
E0601: Using variable 'old_outdir' before assignment
(used-before-assignment)
Add missing space in assignment.
Fixes: a004f29464 ("binman: Tidy up _SetupDtb() to use its own temporary file")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The u-boot hush shell doesn’t support the unset command to clear a
variable and therefore an empty value ("c=") should be a valid value
for the set_local_var function to clear the variable. This partial
reverts commit aa72252963 ("common: cli_hush: avoid dead code") and
only checks for a `=` in the string. Additionally explicit call the
unset_local_var function to remove the variable if the value is empty.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Updates for starqltechn and other qualcomm platforms, hi3798mv200,
Broadcom Northstar, and mediatek platforms
- Drop omap5_uevm, and assorted TI platform updates
- Add MAX14526
It adds compatible "hisilicon,hi3798mv200-dw-mshc" for HC2910 SoC
Hi3798MV200 to probe this mmc driver.
Signed-off-by: Yang Xiwen <forbidden405@outlook.com>
This platform is unsupported by TI and was never widely distributed. As
this is untested for a long while and missing some DM conversions,
remove it and related device tree files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Errata doc: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/sprz457
Errata ID i2331 CPSW: Device lockup when reading CPSW registers
Details: A device lockup can occur during the second read of any CPSW
subsystem register after any MAIN domain power on reset (POR). A MAIN
domain POR occurs using the hardware MCU_PORz signal, or via software
using CTRLMMR_RST_CTRL.SW_MAIN_POR or CTRLMMR_MCU_RST_CTRL.SW_MAIN_POR.
After these resets, the processor and internal bus structures may get
into a state which is only recoverable with full device reset using
MCU_PORz.
Due to this errata, Ethernet boot should not be used on this device.
Workaround(s): To avoid the lockup, a warm reset should be issued after
a MAIN domain POR and before any access to the CPSW registers. The warm
reset realigns internal clocks and prevents the lockup from happening.
Workaround above errata by calling do_reset() in case of cold boot in
order to trigger warm reset. This needs enabling SYSRESET driver in R5
SPL to enable TI SCI reset driver.
Signed-off-by: Nitin Yadav <n-yadav@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Add support to detect daughtercards (GESI Ethernet card) in-order
to set the MAC address of the main CPSW2G interface.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Update the default BOOTCOMMAND to provide an automatic and easier way
to configure ethernet PHY before loading the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Commit dafe0fbfb0 ("pinctrl: mediatek: rewrite mtk_pinconf_set and
related functions") changed the logic deciding to set R0 and R1
registers for V1 devices.
Before:
/* Also set PUPD/R0/R1 if the pin has them */
err = mtk_hw_set_value(dev, pin, PINCTRL_PIN_REG_PUPD, !pullup);
if (err != -EINVAL) {
mtk_hw_set_value(dev, pin, PINCTRL_PIN_REG_R0, r0);
mtk_hw_set_value(dev, pin, PINCTRL_PIN_REG_R1, r1);
}
After:
/* try pupd_r1_r0 if pullen_pullsel return error */
err = mtk_pinconf_bias_set_pullen_pullsel(dev, pin, disable, pullup,
val);
if (err)
return mtk_pinconf_bias_set_pupd_r1_r0(dev, pin, disable,
pullup, val);
Tracing mtk_pinconf_bias_set_pullen_pullsel shows that the function
always either returns 0 in case of success or -EINVAL in case any error
has occurred. Hence the logic responsible of the decision to program R0
and R1 has been inverted.
This leads to problems on BananaPi R2 (MT7623N) when booting from
SDMMC, it turns out accessing eMMC no longer works since
U-Boot 2022.07:
MT7623> mmc dev 0
Card did not respond to voltage select! : -110
The problem wasn't detected for a long time as both eMMC and SDMMC work
fine if they are used to boot from, and hence R0 and R1 were already
setup by the bootrom and/or preloader.
Fix the logic to restore the originally intended and correct behavior
and also change the descriptive comment accordingly.
Fixes: dafe0fbfb0 ("pinctrl: mediatek: rewrite mtk_pinconf_set and related functions")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Tested-By: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Enable Quality of Service (QoS) blocks for Display SubSystem (DSS), by
servicing the DSS - DDR traffic from the Real-Time (RT) queue. This is
done by setting the DSS DMA orderID to 8.
The C7x and VPAC have been overwhelming the DSS's access to the DDR
(when it was accessing via the Non Real-Time (NRT) Queue), primarily
because their functional frequencies, and hence DDR accesses, were
significantly higher than that of DSS. This led the display to flicker
when certain edgeAI models were being run.
With the DSS traffic serviced from the RT queue, the flickering issue
has been found to be mitigated.
The am62a qos files are auto generated from the k3 resource partitioning
tool.
Section-3.1.12, "QoS Programming Guide", in the AM62A TRM[1], provides
more information about the QoS, and section-14.1, "System Interconnect
Registers", provides the register descriptions.
[1] AM62A Tech Ref Manual: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruj16
Signed-off-by: Aradhya Bhatia <a-bhatia1@ti.com>
J721E and J7200 have same file j721e_init.c which had the firewall
configs for J721E being applied on J7200 causing the warnings. Split the
firewalls for both the boards to remove those warnings.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
The current documentation for Snapdragon based Samsung
and Qualcomm boards is vague in the sense that at one place
it mentions that u-boot can be used as a replacement for ABL
bootloader and at another it mentions that u-boot is loaded
as an Android boot image through ABL.
Fix the same.
Signed-off-by: Bhupesh Sharma <bhupesh.sharma@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Currently a few 'board/qualcomm/../Makefile' point to incorrect
path of sdm845 board file.
Fix the same.
Signed-off-by: Bhupesh Sharma <bhupesh.sharma@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
K3 devices have some firewalls set up by ROM that we usually remove so
that the development is easy in HS devices.
While removing the firewalls disabling a background region before
disabling the foreground regions keeps the firewall in a state where all
the transactions will be blacklisted until all the regions are disabled.
This causes a race for some other entity trying to access that memory
region before all the firewalls are disabled and causes an exception.
Since the background regions configured by ROM are in such a manner
that they allow all transactions, don't touch the background regions at
all.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
Allow non fitImage bootflow on Field Securable (HS-FS) devices in
addition to GP, force fitImage boot only on Security enforced (HS-SE)
devices where signed images are necessary to maintain chain of trust.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
On modern Qualcomm platforms including SDM845 a GENI SE QUP IP
description is supposed to be found in board device tree nodes,
the version of the IP is used by the GENI UART driver to properly
set an oversampling divider value, which impacts UART baudrate.
The change touches dragonboard845c and starqltechn board device
tree source files, a device tree node label to "debug" UART is
renamed to 'uart9' according to the naming found in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir.zapolskiy@linaro.org>
Starting from QUP v2.5 the value of oversampling is changed from 32
to 16, keeping the old value on newer platforms results on wrong set
UART IP clock divider, thus the asked baudrate does not correspond to
the actually set with all the consequencies for a user.
The change links the driver to a new Qualcomm GENI SE QUP driver
to get its hardware version and update the oversampling value.
Deliberately the code under CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_MSM_GENI is not touched,
since a wanted baudrate can be controlled by setting a modified
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_CLOCK build time variable.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir.zapolskiy@linaro.org>
The name "se" is used in upstream Linux device trees and has been for
ages, long before this U-Boot-ism was introduced. Same goes for the
existing compatible. Get rid of that.
[vzapolskiy: removed a ready change in the driver]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Dybcio <konrad.dybcio@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir.zapolskiy@linaro.org>
A compiler warns about a missing function prototype, which is valid
and fixed by converting the function into static one, also fix
interleaved local variable declarations and assignments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir.zapolskiy@linaro.org>
Fixes: 324df15a29 ("serial: qcom: add support for GENI serial driver")
Reviewed-by: Konrad Dybcio <konrad.dybcio@linaro.org>
There is only one clock supplier to the serial IP, thus getting it by
name is not needed, also note that "clock-names" property is not listed
under doc/device-tree-bindings/serial/msm-geni-serial.txt, and finally
"se-clk" clock name is invalid, if added, it shall get "se" value like
it's already described in Linux device tree documentation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir.zapolskiy@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Dybcio <konrad.dybcio@linaro.org>
In preparation for supporting upstream Linux device trees on Qualcomm
platforms, make this the default behavior.
[vzapolskiy: extracted the driver change from a combination with dts changes]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Dybcio <konrad.dybcio@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir.zapolskiy@linaro.org>
For whatever reason, likely a driver stub was copied from another
driver, the driver contains a bunch of unnecessary and confusing
includes like watchdog.h etc., the change reduces the list.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir.zapolskiy@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Dybcio <konrad.dybcio@linaro.org>
This change adds a Qualcomm GENI SE QUP device driver as a wrapper for
actually enabled and used serial devices found on a board.
At the moment the driver is pretty simple, its intention is to populate
childred devices and provide I/O mem read interface to them as clients,
this is needed for GENI UART driver to set up a proper clock divider
and provide the actually asked baud rate.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir.zapolskiy@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Dybcio <konrad.dybcio@linaro.org>
This adds a simple Northstar "BRCMNS" board to be used with
the BCM4708x and BCM5301x chips.
The main intention is to use this with the D-Link DIR-890L
and DIR-885L routers for loading the kernel into RAM from
NAND memory using the BCH-1 ECC and using the separately
submitted SEAMA load command, so we are currently not adding
support for things such as networking.
The DTS file is a multiplatform NorthStar board, designed to
be usable with several NorthStar designs by avoiding any
particulars not related to the operation of U-Boot.
If other board need other ECC for example, they need to
create a separate DTS file and augment the code, but I don't
know if any other users will turn up.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The original Northstar is an ARM SoC series that comprise
BCM4709x and BCM5301x and uses a dual-core Cortex A9, the
global timer and a few other things.
This series should not be confused with North Star Plus
(NSP) which is partly supported by U-Boot already.
The SoC is well supported by the Linux kernel and OpenWrt
as it is used in many routers.
Since we currently don't need any chip-specific quirks
and can get the system up from just the device tree, a
mach-* directory doesn't even need to be added, just
some small Kconfig fragments.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This brings in the main SoC device tree used by the
Broadcom Northstar chipset, i.e. BCM4709x and BCM5301x.
This is taken from the v6.3 Linux kernel.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
MAX14526 is a powerful extcon chip which allows detection of various
plugs like usb, mhl, uart, headset etc. This version of driver
implements support of AP-usb and CP-usb/uart paths.
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # LG P880 T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # LG P895 T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new simple uclass for extcon. Currently all setup is done
in the probe. Uclass struct and ops are empty for now.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI autoconfig case for PCI_CLASS_PROCESSOR_POWERPC just prints debug
message and then calls autoconfig setup code like for any other standard
endpoint device. We do not need special debug message for it, so remove
this case and handle PCI_CLASS_PROCESSOR_POWERPC via default code path.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
For the CONFIG_PHY case, move the PHY setup before the register access.
This avoids a hang when updating the imx8mm.dtsi which moves the
USB OTG power-domains to the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Currently, it is recommended to move from CFG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS to
an env file, so do the conversion.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The bootcmd/altbootcmd mechanism is not invoked for bootmenus.
Manually compare bootcount and bootlimit to implement fallback on all
codepaths.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Defaults have changed, we do not want the bootmenu to contain EFI
options.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Currently, only the first MAC address is read from the fuses.
The second MAC address is not read and Linux assigns a random one.
To prevent this behavior, read the second MAC address from the fuses
and store it into the eth1addr environment variable so that it
can be passed to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add lockdown U-Boot env support so that only certain U-Boot environment
variables are allowed to be modified.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Instead of loading the zImage kernel and the devicetree separately, switch
to the fitImage format, which is more convenient when working with secure
boot, for example.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
GPT Partition labels are used for determining the right
root filesystem to boot from.
The U-Boot environment is configured to reside in the eMMC hardware
boot partition we are currently booted from.
This should enable a dual copy approach for upgrading the bootloader.
One can overwrite the inactive hardware partition with new bootloader
and environment and afterwards switch the eMMC boot partition for an
atomic bootloader switch.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
When performing rootfs update via swupdate, it is convenient to check the
'ustate' variable to decide whether the update succeeded or not.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Run the altbootcmd script if any step of bootcmd fails.
This ensures that always a valid image can be run.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add an altbootcmd script, which is convenient way to integrate with
swupdate and perform a roll back of the previous working version in the
case of update failure.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add automatic boot counter that increases after every
reset. After a power-on reset, it will be initialized with 1,
and each reboot will increment the value by 1. By default it is
disabled if bootlimit isn't set.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Select CONFIG_CMD_SQUASHFS so that the SquashFS U-Boot commands
are available.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Introduce EXTRA_BOOTPARAMS to allow passing additional parameters
to kernel command line. This is useful for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Strehlau <eduard@lionizers.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
It doesn't seem appropriate for arch/SOC to use a board-level
functionality (CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP), because this prevents boards
that need to do FDT fixup from using that feature.
Also, this code is completely dead and useless (from comments by
Rasmus Villemoes on the mailing list):
- No in-tree imx8m-based board seems to set CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP
- The nodes which that function wants to disable don't even exist in
the U-Boot copy of imx8mp.dtsi.
This code was introduced in commit 35bb60787b. It seems to be some
random import of code from downstream NXP U-Boot, with a commit
message that makes no sense in upstream context.
Signed-off-by: Hugo Villeneuve <hvilleneuve@dimonoff.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
commit 787f04bb6a ("imx: add USB2_BOOT type") broke get_boot_device()
for IMX8 which affects booting from SDP due to boot_instance being
non-zero.
Fix this by only using boot_instance for imx8ulp and imx9.
Fixes: 787f04bb6a ("imx: add USB2_BOOT type")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add debug messages to print the real pixel clock rate, which may not be
the requested one.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Add the get_lcd_clk() function to get the LCD pixel clock rate.
The patch has been tested on imx6ul platform.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
During some tests to check the pixel clock rate in the transition from
U-Boot to the Linux kernel, I noticed that with the same configuration
of the registers the debug messages reported different rates.
The same Linux kernel calculations are now used to get the PLL video
rate.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Avoid a buffer overflow if assigned-clock-rates has less than two elements.
Fixes: 98bcdf1635 ("imx8mn: Add low drive mode support for DDR4/LPDDR4 EVK")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The MNT Reform 2 is a modular DIY laptop. In its initial version it
is based on the BoundaryDevices i.MX8MQ SoM. Some parts have been
lifted from BoundaryDevices official U-Boot downstream project.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Tested-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Tested-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
At BDF address 00:00.0 is fictional device which PCI configuration header
is for configuring mpc85xx PCI controller itself. PCI config space of this
device has ATMU inbound registers on position of PCI BARs. Trying to do PCI
auto configuration of this device cause rewriting ATMU inbound registers.
To avoid it, do not allow overwriting registers at BARs positions. And
because this device does not have any PCI memory, return zeros when trying
to read PCI BARs config space registers. It signals to auto configuration
tool to not allocate any PCI memory for this device.
This information is taken from MPC8544E Reference Manual, sections
17.3.1.3, 17.3.1.1.1, 17.3.2 and 17.3.2.11. Available at NXP website:
https://www.nxp.com/docs/en/reference-manual/MPC8544ERM.pdf
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Driver pci_mpc85xx.c is PCI controller driver for old PCI Local Bus,
which does not support access to extended PCIe registers (above 0xff),
as opposite of the PCIe driver pcie_fsl.c for the same platform.
So do not try to access extended PCIe registers as it cannot work.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This Freescale mpc85xx PCI controller should support 8-bit and 16-bit read
and write access to PCI config space as described in more Freescale
reference manuals.
This change fixes issue that 8-bit and 16-bit write to PCI config space
caused to clear adjacent bits of 32-bit PCI register.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
On PowerPC we should use barrier after store operation to HW register.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The "Programming Environments Manual for 32-Bit Implementations of the
PowerPC™ Architecture" says "W and G bits are not defined for IBAT
registers. Attempting to write to these bits causes boundedly-undefined
results"
The "e300 Power Architecture™ Core Family Reference Manual" says the
same: "Neither the W or G bits of the IBAT registers should be set.
Attempting to write to these bits causes boundedly-undefined results."
Remove the possibility to set those bytes.
Fixes: 30915ab95d ("mpc83xx: Migrate BATS config to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Please pull the second part of the sunxi pull request for this cycle.
Another bunch of patches that replace old-school U-Boot hacks with
proper DM based code, this time for the raw NAND flash driver, and the
USB PHY VBUS detection code. Plus two smaller patches that were sitting
in my inbox for a while.
Gitlab CI passed. In lack of some supported board with NAND flash I
couldn't really test this part, but apparently this was tested by the
reviewer. I briefly ran the branch on some boards with USB-OTG, and
this still worked.
This pull request adds support for the last CPU board from
CS GROUP France (previously CSSI).
That CPU board called CMPCPRO has a mpc8321E CPU (Family PQII PRO hence
its name) and can be plugged in place of the CMPC885 board.
In order to support that new board, the following changes are included
in this series:
- Make the mpc8xx watchdog driver more generic for reusing it
with mpc83xx
- Fix various small problems on mpc83xx platform
- Add a GPIO Driver for QE GPIOs
- Add support for mpc832x into mpc83xx SPI driver
- Refactor existing board code that will be shared with new board
- Add the new board
For the devfdt_get_addr_index_ptr() and devfdt_get_addr_size_index_ptr()
function use map_sysmem() function as cast for the return for use in
sandbox. Also fix sandbox test.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop second hunk:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
importlib.resources became part of 3.7 only. Allow using distros with
3.6 and the importlib_resources backport.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Variable orig_dir cannot be used in the finally block if it has not be
assigned outside of the try block.
tools/patman/func_test.py:523:21:
E0601: Using variable 'orig_dir' before assignment
(used-before-assignment)
tools/patman/func_test.py:691:21:
E0601: Using variable 'orig_dir' before assignment
(used-before-assignment)
Fixes: fd70986a62 ("patman: Add a test that uses gitpython")
Fixes: be051c0c77 ("patman: Detect missing upstream in CountCommitsToBranch")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There's quite a few instances of board-specific code doing
off = fdt_path_offset(gd->fdt_blob, ...);
...
ret = uclass_get_device_by_of_offset(..., off, &dev);
looking for an eeprom or a pmic via some alias. Such code can be
simplified a little if we have a helper for directly getting a device
via device tree path (including being given as an alias).
Implement it in terms of ofnode rather than raw offsets so that this
will work whether live tree is enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
The functions uclass_find_device_by_phandle() and
uclass_get_device_by_phandle_id() both loop over a given uclass
looking for a device with a given phandle. Factor that out to a common
helper.
For now, there are no (known potential) users of the new helper
outside uclass.c, so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix warning on sandbox_spl; fix code style:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently doing 'reset' command in sandbox with tracing enabled causes
SIGSEV
```
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
=>
=>
=> reset
resetting ...
Segmentation fault (core dumped)
```
Tracing callback uses RAM buffer for storing tracing reports, but
state_uninit() function unmaps whole RAM, which causes SIGSEV on umapped
memory inside tracing subsystem.
Fix it by disabling tracing before unmapping memory
Signed-off-by: Pavel Skripkin <paskripkin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add missing check for CONFIG_TRACE:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
arch/arm/include/asm/posix_types.h and
arch/sandbox/include/asm/posix_types.h should use different defines.
Add SPDX header.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building this with clang, we get a warning such as:
cmd/bootflow.c:412:27: warning: variable 'bflow' is uninitialized when used here [-Wuninitialized]
printf("Selected: %s\n", bflow->os_name ? bflow->os_name : bflow->name);
^~~~~
And a suggestion to just initialize bflow to NULL. This would however
would be ensuring a bad dereference. Instead, looking at the function we
rework things so that when CONFIG_EXPO is not enabled (and so, no UI) we
error early and would never reach this point in the code. Simplify the
rest slightly as well while at this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Given a file ../img of size 4294967296 with GPT partition table and
partitions:
=> host bind 0 ../img
=> part list host 0
Disk host-0.blk not ready
The cause is os_filesize() returning int. File sizes must use off_t.
Correct all uses of os_filesize() too.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The header binman_sym.h depends on ulong typedef but does not include
types.h. This means the header must be included after including types.h
or a header that includes it.
We could include types.h but instead let's just switch from ulong
to directly using unsigned long. This removes the need for typedef'ing
it in some of the tests, so also remove those.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Function fdt_simplefb_enable_existing_node() should be static as it is not
used outside common/fdt_simplefb.c.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
vbe_simple_read_bootflow() calls vbe_simple_read_bootflow_fw()
which is only available when BOOTMETH_VBE_SIMPLE_FW is on.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Avoid incorrect fall through:
A USB_RT_HUB request should not be treated as USB_RT_PORT.
Simplify the coding:
Avoid duplicate debug() statements.
This fixes all -Wimplicit-fallthrough warnings.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Handling of SANDBOX_FLASH_EP_OUT should never fall through to
SANDBOX_FLASH_EP_IN.
This addresses a warning shown when compiling with
-Wimplicit-fallthrough.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CSSI has another CPU board, similar to the CMPC885 board
that get plugged on the two base boards MCR3000_2G and MIAE.
That CPU board is called CMPCPRO because it has a MPC8321E CPU,
also known as Power QUICC II PRO.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
All the code used to manage the mother boards will be
common to soon to come CPU board.
Move all that code into common.c
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
On cmpc885 board, the ethernet addresses are stored in an
EEPROM that is accessed through SPI.
A 3 bytes command is sent to the chip then the content
gets read. At the time being a single block access is
performed, ignoring the first 3 bytes read.
Reword the SPI transfer to first send 3 bytes then
receive the content of the EEPROM so that there don't be
3 dummy bytes at the beginning of the buffer.
And move the function into common.c so that it can be
reused by the board that will be added in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
In preparation of the new cssi board called cmpcpro which
we be introduce in a future patch, move common
functions into a dedicated file in a common directory.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
It is possible to use host-side USB with externally-provided VBUS. For
example, some USB OTG cables have an extra power input which powers
both the board and the USB peripheral.
To support this setup, skip enabling the VBUS switch/regulator if VBUS
voltage is already present. This behavior matches the Linux PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Now that this functionality is modeled using the device tree and
regulator uclass, the named GPIO is not referenced anywhere. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Update boards to use the USB power supply driver, as referenced in the
device tree, instead of a virtual GPIO. This removes the need for some
DM-incompatible special cases in the GPIO driver.
The following five boards used AXP0-VBUS-DETECT in their config, but are
missing the "usb0_vbus_power-supply" property in their device tree:
- Ainol_AW1_defconfig / sun7i-a20-ainol-aw1
- Cubieboard4_defconfig / sun9i-a80-cubieboard4
- Merrii_A80_Optimus_defconfig / sun9i-a80-optimus
- Yones_Toptech_BD1078_defconfig / sun7i-a20-yones-toptech-bd1078
- Yones_Toptech_BS1078_V2_defconfig /
sun6i-a31s-yones-toptech-bs1078-v2
None of those five boards have the MUSB controller (USB OTG) enabled in
their device trees, so this change should not break anything for them.
Additionally, the following board intentionally omits the property
because VBUS is always enabled:
- Nintendo_NES_Classic_Edition_defconfig /
sun8i-r16-nintendo-nes-classic
The PHY driver already assumes VBUS is enabled when no detection method
is available, so again this will not cause any problems.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This driver reports the presence/absence of voltage on the PMIC's USB
VBUS pin. This information is used by the USB PHY driver. The
corresponding Linux driver uses the power supply class, which does not
exist in U-Boot. UCLASS_REGULATOR seems to be the closest match.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Clocks, resets, and pinmuxes are now handled by the driver model, so the
only thing the "board" code needs to do is load the driver. This matches
the pattern used by other DM raw NAND drivers (there is no NAND uclass).
The actual board code is now only needed in SPL.
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
As a first step toward converting this driver to the driver model, use
the ofnode abstraction to replace direct references to the FDT blob.
Using ofnode_read_u32_index removes an extra pair of loops and makes the
allwinner,rb property optional, matching the devicetree binding.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Each chip is required to have a unique CS number ("reg" property) in the
range 0-7, so there is no need to separately count the number of chips.
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently NAND clock setup is done in board code, both in SPL and in
U-Boot proper. Add the NAND clocks/resets here so they can be used by
the "full" NAND driver once it is converted to the driver model.
The bit locations are copied from the Linux CCU drivers.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
On sunxi boards, SPL looks for U-Boot at a 32 KiB offset, unless SPL is
larger than 32 KiB, in which case U-Boot immediately follows SPL. See
the logic in spl_mmc_get_uboot_raw_sector() and spl_spi_load_image().
In two cases, the existing binman description mismatches the SPL code.
For 64-bit boards, binman would place U-Boot immediately following SPL,
even if SPL is smaller than 32 KiB. This can happen when SPL MMC support
is disabled (i.e. when booting from SPI flash).
In contrast, for 32-bit boards, binman would place U-Boot at 32 KiB,
even if SPL is larger than that. This happens because the 'offset'
property does not consider the size of previous entries.
Fix both issues by setting a minimum size for the SPL entry, which
exactly matches the logic in the SPL code. Unfortunately, this size must
be provided as a magic number, since none of the relevant config symbols
(SPL_PAD_TO, SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, and SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS)
are guaranteed to be defined in all cases.
Fixes: cfa3db602c ("sunxi: Convert 64-bit boards to use binman")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
To quote the author:
Adding block storage emulation for NVM XIP flash devices.
Some paltforms such as Corstone-1000 need to see NVM XIP raw flash
as a block storage device with read only capability.
Here NVM flash devices are devices with addressable
memory (e.g: QSPI NOR flash).
The NVM XIP block storage emulation provides the following features:
- Emulate NVM XIP raw flash as a block storage device with read only capability
- Being generic by design and can be used by any platform
- Device tree node
- Platforms can use multiple NVM XIP devices at the same time by defining a
DT node for each one of them
- A generic NVMXIP block driver allowing to read from the XIP flash
- A generic NVMXIP Uclass driver for binding the block device
- A generic NVMXIP QSPI driver
- Implemented on top of memory-mapped IO (using readq macro)
- Enabling NVMXIP in sandbox64
- A sandbox test case
- Enabling NVMXIP in Corstone1000 platform as a use case
For more details please refer to doc/develop/driver-model/nvmxip.rst
provide a test for NVM XIP devices
The test case allows to make sure of the following:
- The NVM XIP QSPI devices are probed
- The DT entries are read correctly
- the data read from the flash by the NVMXIP block driver is correct
Signed-off-by: Abdellatif El Khlifi <abdellatif.elkhlifi@arm.com>
make readq return unsigned long
readq should return 64-bit data
Signed-off-by: Abdellatif El Khlifi <abdellatif.elkhlifi@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
add nvmxip_qspi driver under UCLASS_NVMXIP
The device associated with this driver is the parent of the blk#<id> device
nvmxip_qspi can be reused by other platforms. If the platform
has custom settings to apply before using the flash, then the platform
can provide its own parent driver belonging to UCLASS_NVMXIP and reuse
nvmxip-blk driver. The custom driver can be implemented like nvmxip_qspi in
addition to the platform custom settings.
Platforms can use multiple NVM XIP devices at the same time by defining a
DT node for each one of them.
For more details please refer to doc/develop/driver-model/nvmxip_qspi.rst
Signed-off-by: Abdellatif El Khlifi <abdellatif.elkhlifi@arm.com>
add block storage emulation for NVM XIP flash devices
Some paltforms such as Corstone-1000 need to see NVM XIP raw flash
as a block storage device with read only capability.
Here NVM flash devices are devices with addressable
memory (e.g: QSPI NOR flash).
The implementation is generic and can be used by different platforms.
Two drivers are provided as follows.
nvmxip-blk :
a generic block driver allowing to read from the XIP flash
nvmxip Uclass driver :
When a device is described in the DT and associated with
UCLASS_NVMXIP, the Uclass creates a block device and binds it with
the nvmxip-blk.
Platforms can use multiple NVM XIP devices at the same time by defining a
DT node for each one of them.
Signed-off-by: Abdellatif El Khlifi <abdellatif.elkhlifi@arm.com>
To quote the author:
This code was converted to driver model a long time again but it was a
pretty rough conversion. It introduced a few minor bugs, e.g. the device
capacity is incorrect and some flags are lost (such as lba48).
This series tidies up the code and fixes these bugs. This involves quite
a bit of refactoring, so it is done one patch at a time for easier
review.
The code has quite a few unnecessary brackets and comparisons to zero,
etc. Fix these up as well as some upper-case hex values and use of 0x in
printf() strings.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Avoid the use of the function name in a few of the debug() calls, since
this causes a checkpatch warning. Convert all other calls too.
Use lower-case hex consistently.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix a longstanding bug where the LBA is calculated as the size of the
media instead of the number of blocks. This was perhaps not noticed
earlier since it prints the correct value first, before setting the wrong
value.
Drop the unnecessary blksz variable while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 68e6f221ed ("block: ide: Fix block read/write with driver model")
We only use one member of the ide_dev_desc[] array at a time and it does
not stick around outside ide_probe(). Use a single element instead.
Copy over the missing members of blk_desc at the same, since this was
missing from the previous code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 68e6f221ed ("block: ide: Fix block read/write with driver model")
Rather than having the caller fill some of this in, do it all in the
ide_ident() function, since it knows all the values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update ide_ident() to indicate whether it finds a device or not. Use
that to decide whether to create a block device for it, rather than
looking DEV_TYPE_UNKNOWN.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of the code uses 'desc' as the variable name for a blk descriptor.
Change ide to do the same.
Tidy up some extra brackets and types while we are here.
Leave the code in ide_probe() alone since it is about to be refactored.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The two loops in this function operate on the same ide_dev_desc[] array.
Combine them to reduce duplication.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that ide_probe() is the only caller of ide_init(), move all the code
into the probe function, so it is easier to refactor it.
Move ide_dev_desc[] into ide_probe() to, since it is the only user.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation adds this information in the block device's
probe() function, which is called in the blk_probe_or_unbind() in
ide_probe().
It is simpler to do this in ide_probe() itself, since the effect is the
same. This helps to consolidate use of ide_dev_desc[] which we would like
to remove.
Use strlcpy() to keep checkpatch happy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use IS_ENABLED() instead for all conditions. Add the 'lba48' flag into
struct blk_desc always, since it uses very little space. Use a bool so
the meaning is clearer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Change the if() to remove extra brackets and check for the positive case
first, i.e. when a device is found. Exit the loop in that case, with the
retry logic in the 'else' part.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is hard to follow as it uses #ifdef in a strange way. Adjust
it to avoid the preprocessor. Drop the special return for the non-ATAPI
case since we can rely on tries becoming 0 and exiting the loop.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use a 'tries' variable which starts at the number of tries we want to do,
rather than a 'retries' one that stops at either 1 or 2. This will make it
easier to refactor the code to avoid the horrible #ifdefs
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The use of atapi_read() was incorrect dropped. Fix this so that it will
be used when needed. Use a udevice for the first argument of atapi_read()
so it is consistent with ide_read().
This requires much of the ATAPI code to be brought out from behind the
existing #ifdef. It will still be removed by the compiler if it is not
needed.
Add an atapi flag to struct blk_desc so the information can be retained.
Fixes: 145df842b4 ("dm: ide: Add support for driver-model block devices")
Fixes: d0075059e4 ("ide: Drop non-DM code for BLK")
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are not used from outside this file anymore. Make them static and
remove them from the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the code does ide_init() as a separate operation, then calls
device_probe() to copy over the information. We can call ide_init() from
probe just as easily.
The only difference is that using 'ide init' twice will do nothing.
However it already fails to copy over the new data in that case, so the
effect is the same. For now, unbind the block devices and remove the IDE
device, which causes the bus to be probed again. Later patches will fix
this up fully, so that all blk_desc data is copied across.
Since ide_reset() is only called from ide_init(), there is no need to init
the ide_dev_desc[] array. This is already done at the end of ide_init() so
drop this code.
The call to uclass_first_device() is now within the probe() function of
the same device, so does nothing. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It doesn't really matter if we mention things which are not present. For
example, if 'nvme' is included but the board does not support it, it just
continues with the next item in the list.
It is simpler to use the same target list for all boards, so drop the
different one for rk3399.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When loading a file from a block device, efiload_read_file
was using the seq_num of the device (e.g "35" of virtio_blk#35)
instead of the block device id (e.g what you get from running
the corresponding device scan command, like "virtio 0")
This cause EFI booting from these devices to fail as an
invalid device number is passed to blk_get_device_part_str:
Scanning bootdev 'virtio-blk#35.bootdev':
distro_efi_read_bootflow_file start (efi,fname=<NULL>)
distro_efi_read_bootflow_file start (efi,fname=<NULL>)
setting bootdev virtio, 35, efi/boot/bootaa64.efi, 00000000beef9a40, 170800
efi_dp_from_name calling blk_get_device_part_str
dev=virtio devnr=35 path=efi/boot/bootaa64.efi
blk_get_device_part_str (virtio,35)
blk_get_device_by_str (virtio, 35)
** Bad device specification virtio 35 **
Using default device tree: dtb/qemu-arm.dtb
No device tree available
0 efi ready virtio 1 virtio-blk#35.bootdev.par efi/boot/bootaa64.efi
** Booting bootflow 'virtio-blk#35.bootdev.part_1' with efi
blk_get_device_part_str (virtio,0:1)
blk_get_device_by_str (virtio, 0)
No UEFI binary known at beef9a40 (image buf=00000000beef9a40,addr=0000000000000000)
Boot failed (err=-22)
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when debugging is off, bootdev_find_in_blk() sometimes fails
to find a valid bootflow, e.g. with virtio. Accessing the 'blk' variable
later in the function seems to correct it.
Move the 'ret' check before the debug statement and set the block device
again aftewards, to work around this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable some messages that might provide hints, but only for
CMD_BOOTFLOW_FULL since otherwise the -l flag is not available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use the -l flag to indicate whether to report missing uclasses.
Also try to be more helpful when no devices are found. For example, when
we see something 'scsi0' requested and nothing was found, this indicates
that there are no SCSI devices, so show a suitable message.
Move messages out of the low-level functions so that silent operation
is possible.
This means they are never reported unless BOOTSTD_FULL is enabled, since
the -l flag cannot otherwise be set.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current EFI implementation has a strange quirk where it watches
loaded files and uses the last-loaded file to determine the device that
is being booted from.
This is confusing with bootstd, where multiple options may exist. Even
loading a device tree will cause it to go wrong. There is no API for
passing this information, since the only entry into booting an EFI image
is the 'bootefi' command.
To work around this, call efi_set_bootdev() for EFI images, if possible,
just before booting.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes virtio may rely on PCI, or at least that is what the
distro_bootcmd script suggests. Add this in.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should only store the FDT filename if we were able to determine one.
Adjust the logic for this.
This corrects the case where no FDT is needed to boot, such as with EFI
using ACPI.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- A few TI, mpc8379erdb and vexpress64 updates, some arm64 core updates,
test cleanups, Xen cleanups, assorted code and Kconfig cleanups (many
in preparation for using clang on ARM), psci pre-reloc fixes, enable
PCI bus mastering for ATA devices, and a gpio-uclass bugfix
If one leaves the CQSPI_REG_CMDCTRL in an unclean state this may cause
issues in future command reads. This issue came to light when some flash
reads in STIG mode were coming back dirty.
Co-developed-by: Apurva Nandan <a-nandan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Apurva Nandan <a-nandan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
OSPI controller supports all types of op variants in STIG mode,
only limitation being that the data payload should be less than
8 bytes when not using memory banks.
STIG mode is more stable for operations that send small data
payload and is more efficient than using DMA for few bytes of
memory accesses. It overcomes the limitation of minimum 4 bytes
read from flash into RAM seen in DAC mode.
Use STIG mode for all read and write operations that require
data input/output of less than 8 bytes from the flash, and thereby
support all four phases, cmd/address/dummy/data, through OSPI STIG.
Also, remove the reorder address chunk in apb_command_write since we now
setup ADDR BIT field that does the same job in a cleaner way.
Signed-off-by: Apurva Nandan <a-nandan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
buswidth and dtr fields in spi_mem_op are only valid when the
corresponding spi_mem_op phase has a non-zero length. For example,
SPI NAND core doesn't set buswidth when using SPI_MEM_OP_NO_ADDR
phase.
Fix the dtr checks in set_protocol() to ignore empty spi_mem_op
phases, as checking for dtr field in empty phase will result in
false negatives.
Signed-off-by: Apurva Nandan <a-nandan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This patch adds fixups for s25fs512s to address the following issues
from reading SFDP:
- Non-uniform sectors by factory default. The setting needs to be
checked and assign erase hook as needed.
- Page size is wrongly advertised in SFDP.
- READ_1_1_2 (3Bh/3Ch), READ_1_1_4 (6Bh/6Ch), and PP_1_1_4 (32h/34h)
are not supported.
- Bank Address Register (BAR) is not supported.
In addition, volatile version of Quad Enable is used for safety.
Based on patch by Takahiro Kuwano with s25fs_s_post_bfpt_fixup() updated
to use 4-byte address commands instead of extended address mode and the
page_size is fixed to 256
For future use, manufacturer code should be moved out from framework
code as same as in Linux.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Dang <cong.dang.xn@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Family of panels used by HTC in One X. Though were used variants
at least from 3 vendors, this driver provides generic support for
all of them.
Tested-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com> # HTC One X T30 Sony
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # HTC One X T30 Sharp
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DC based PWM backlight is found on some T20 and T30 devices
(HTC One X). This backlight is controlled by Tegra DC and
is adjustable by the DC PM0 or PM1 signal.
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # HTC One X T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # HTC One X T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Driver adds support for panels with Renesas R69328 IC
Currently supported compatible is:
- jdi,dx12d100vm0eaa
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # LG P880 T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # LG P895 T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
R61307 is liquid crystal driver for high-definition
amorphous silicon (a-Si) panels and is ideal for
tablets and smartphones.
Supported compatibles are:
- koe,tx13d100vm0eaa
- hitachi,tx13d100vm0eaa
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # LG P880 T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # LG P895 T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SSD2825 is an innovative and cost-effective MIPI Bridge Chip solution
targeting high resolution smartphones. It can convert 24bit RGB
interface into 4-lane MIPI-DSI interface to drive extremely high
resolution display modules of up to 800 x 1366, while supporting AMOLED,
a-si LCD or LTPS advanced panel technologies for smartphone applications.
Bridge is wrapped in panel uClass model for wider compatibility.
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # LG P880 T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # LG P895 T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
This is basic lm3533 driver only with bank A and backlight cell
support.
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # LG P880 T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # LG P895 T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By the time we jump to the err label, count represents the number of
gpios we've successfully requested. So by subtracting one, we fail to
free the most recently requested.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Xen core_init() is calling HVC which should be called from EL1 level that's
why do Xen initialization only when U-Boot runs in EL1.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
U-Boot currently implements hypervisor calls only for ARM64 that's why add
dependency on ARM64. The hardware functionality is also available on
ARMv7a, but currently not supported by U-Boot, hence it is not added to the
list of dependencies here.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Since commit de39dc7162 ("arm: armv7-a: Compile and tune for armv7-a
instead of armv5") is used -march=armv7-a option for Omap3 platforms.
With directive ".arch_extension sec" it is possible for -march=armv7-a to
directly use ARM SMC instruction.
So enable ".arch_extension sec" in Omap3 lowlevel_init.S and replace hand
assembled ".word 0xe1600071" by "SMC #1".
Since commit 51d0638650 ("arm: omap-common: add secure smc entry") same
pattern is already used in arch/arm/cpu/armv7/omap-common/lowlevel_init.S.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Commit aeb40f1166 ("tools: env: use /run to store lockfile") updated the
path to the lockfile but did not update the documentation to match.
Use the new path in the documentation.
Fixes: aeb40f1166 ("tools: env: use /run to store lockfile")
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The non DM code path already would enable pci bus mastering. Do the
same for the DM code path.
Fixes AHCI problems I am seeing on an Intel Apollolake device.
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[trini: Use ahci_dev not dev in the calls]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building with clang, we see:
board/emulation/common/qemu_dfu.c:51:24: warning: 'memset' call operates on objects of type 'char' while the size is based on a different type 'char *' [-Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess]
As we're calling memset with the length set to the size of the pointer
and not the size of the buffer. Correct this with a call of the size of
the buffer itself.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
We can only use the old U-Boot API for standalone applications when
building U-Boot with GCC as it relies upon the "gd is a register" trick
that only GCC supports. Further, rework the rest of the options so that
they are in the API menu and only visible if API support is enabled.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add weak function psci_sysreset_get_status for platform to define
their own reset status with CONFIG_SYSRESET enabled.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
XEN config can be enabled by other platforms (even it doesn't need to make
sense) that's why fix dependencies. XEN (xenbus.c) requires sscanf (also
pvblock needs it). And PVBLOCK is inside drivers/xen folder which requires
XEN to be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Sometimes when doing tests on real hardware we sometimes run in to the
case where some of these mounts haven't been fully flushed. Using the
--lazy option with umount will allow us to continue while letting the OS
handle flushing the data out still.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building with clang, it notes that sdinfo may be unused
uninitialized in some cases. This appears to be true from reading the
code, and we can simply set the variable to zero to start with and be as
correct as before.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
When building with clang we get a warning that rdaddr could be
uninitialized in one case. While this cannot functionally happen, we can
easily silence the warning.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Toolchains which do not directly support using "isb" and "dsb" directly
are no longer functionally supported in U-Boot. Furthermore, clang has
for a long time warned about using the alternate form that we were.
Update the code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building for ARM64, we need to pass -ffixed-x18 and otherwise pass
-ffixed-r9. Rather than having this logic in two places, we can do this
once in arch/arm/config.mk. Further, while gcc will ignore being passed
both -ffixed-r9 and -ffixed-x18 and simply use -ffixed-x18, clang will
note that -ffixed-r9 is not used. Remove this duplication to also remove
the warning.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the case of using clang to build, and having not already enabled the
private libgcc, do not look for it, as it will not be found nor
required.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we invoke $(CPP) to make u-boot.lds we have LDPPFLAGS available to
set other required flags here. As this file is for the target and not
the host, we must ensure that CPP knows what the target architecture is.
For this, pass in $(CLANG_TARGET).
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Today, only gcc has __builtin_aarch64_crc32b (clang-16 does not, for
example). Make this option depend on CC_IS_GCC.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* Fix dependencies
* Provide labels that are easier to grasp.
* Fix typo %s/whgch/which/
* Fix type %s/Is/is/
Fixes: 29784d62ed ("test: Add some tests for kconfig.h")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Default synchronous exceptions handler prints only esr and register
dump. Sometimes it requiers to see an address which caused exceptions
to understand what's going on
ARM ARM in section D13.2.41 states that FAR_EL2 will contain meanfull
value in case of ESR.EC holds 0x20, 0x21, 0x24, 0x25, 0x22, 0x34 or
0x35. Same applies for EL1.
This patch adds function whivh determine current EL, gets correct FAR
register and prints it on panic.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Skripkin <paskripkin@gmail.com>
The vexpress64 board family now relies on OF_CONTROL and
OF_HAS_PRIOR_STAGE, so platform-specific configuration requirements
are minimal.
The vexpress_aemv8a_semi_defconfig file defines many flags that are not
needed for a minimal boot, such as flash memory configuration.
Therefore create vexpress_fvp_defconfig which contains the minimum
configuration required to boot on an Arm v8a FVP.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
The Arm EBBR (Embedded Base Boot Requirements) require that the time
and basic networking EFI interfaces are available and working, so long
as the hardware has an RTC and network interface.
Arm FVPs typically have a memory-mapped PL031 RTC and a VIRTIO_NET
device defined in the device tree, so "imply" these in the Kconfig for
the FVP base model to simplify creating EBBR-compliant firmware.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
BASE_FVP now typically uses a devicetree provided by a prior boot stage
(typically Arm TF-A), so imply this option by default when
TARGET_VEXPRESS64_BASE_FVP is selected.
OF_HAS_PRIOR_STAGE selects OF_BOARD so this change is minor, but aligns
TARGET_VEXPRESS64_BASE_FVP with TARGET_VEXPRESS64_BASER_FVP.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Move to using .env file for setting up environment variables for am64x.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Some firewalls enabled by ROM are still left on. So some
address space is inaccessible to the bootloader. For example,
in OSPI boot mode we get an exception and the system hangs.
Therefore, disable all the firewalls left on by the ROM.
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
If rev is equal to the array size, we'll access the array
one-past-the-end.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
u-boot could be run at EL1/EL2/EL3. so we set it as same as EL1 does.
otherwise it will hang when enable mmu, that is what we encounter
in our SOC.
Signed-off-by: meitao <meitaogao@asrmicro.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Rebase to the upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Link: 3bf38943ae
In order to make invalidation by VA more efficient, set the largest
block mapping to 2MB, mapping it onto level-2. This has no material
impact on u-boot's runtime performance, and allows a huge speedup
when cleaning the cache.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Rebase to the upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Link: 417a73581a
Some recent arm64 cores have a facility that allows the page
table walker to track the dirty state of a page. This makes it
really efficient to perform CMOs by VA as we only need to look
at dirty pages.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Rebase to the upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Link: 3c433724e6
To quote the author:
These patches will use bounce buffers when VIRTIO_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM
feature is in a virtio device.
This feature can be tested with qemu with -device virtio-iommu-pci. So
that when a -device virtio-blk-pci with iommu_platform=true, it will
uses the bounce buffer instead.
When building with clang, the compiler compains with
drivers/spi/spi-synquacer.c:212:11: warning: variable 'bus_width' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is false [-Wsometimes-uninitialized]
else if (priv->mode & SPI_TX_OCTAL)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/spi/spi-synquacer.c:276:11: note: uninitialized use occurs here
val |= ((bus_width >> 1) << BUS_WIDTH);
^~~~~~~~~
drivers/spi/spi-synquacer.c:212:7: note: remove the 'if' if its condition is always true
else if (priv->mode & SPI_TX_OCTAL)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/spi/spi-synquacer.c:189:25: note: initialize the variable 'bus_width' to silence this warning
So initialize bus_width to 1 and add a warning if none of the configured
modes matches
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
NPCM7xx/NPCM8xx default is boot from flash.
removed set clock feature due to reliability and security.
the clock will set by bootblock or tip.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The .supports_op() callback function returns true by default after
performing driver-specific checks. Therefore the driver cannot apply
the buswidth in devicetree.
Call spi_mem_default_supports_op() helper to handle the buswidth
in devicetree.
Fixes: 358f803ae2 ("spi: Add Socionext F_OSPI SPI flash controller driver")
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
in spi_mem_dtr_supports_op we have a check for allowing only even number
of bytes to be r/w. Odd bytes writing can be a concern while writing
data to a flash for example because 8 DTR mode doesn't support it.
However, reading ODD Bytes even though may not be physically possible
we can still allow for it because it will not have serious implications
on any critical registers being overwritten since they are just reads.
Cc: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <pratyush@kernel.org>
Cc: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Tested-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This should have been op->data.buswidth instead as we check for octal
bus width for the data related ops
Also add explanation for why there is checks for 8D even data bytes
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <pratyush@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <ptyadav@amazon.de>
Tested-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add support for CHIP_ERASE opcode 0xc7 . This is useful in case the
entire SPI NOR is supposed to be erase at once, as is it considerably
faster than 4k sector erase and even slightly faster than 64k block
erase. The spi_nor_erase_chip() implementation is adapted from Linux
6.1.y as of commit 7d54cb2c26dad ("Linux 6.1.14") . The chip erase is
only used in case the entire MTD device is being erased, and the chip
does support this functionality.
Timing figures from W25Q128JW:
16 MiB erase using 4kiB sector erase opcode 0x20 ... 107.5s
16 MiB erase using 64kiB block erase opcode 0xd8 ... 39.1s
16 MiB erase using chip erase opcode 0xc7 .......... 38.7s
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Devices advertising the VIRTIO_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM feature require
platform-specific handling to configure their DMA transactions.
When handling virtio descriptors for such a device, use bounce
buffers to ensure that the underlying buffers are always aligned
to and padded to PAGE_SIZE in preparation for platform specific
handling at page granularity.
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <willdeacon@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Rebase to the upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Link: 1eff171e61
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In preparation for bouncing virtio data for devices advertising the
VIRTIO_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM feature, allocate an array of bounce buffer
structures in the vring, one per descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <willdeacon@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Rebase to the upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Link: 3e052749e7
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the attach and detach logic for manipulating vring descriptors
out into their own functions so that we can later extend these to
bounce the data for devices with VIRTIO_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM set.
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <willdeacon@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Rebase to the upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Link: f73258a4bf
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In preparation for explicit bouncing of virtqueue pages for devices
advertising the VIRTIO_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM feature, introduce a couple
of wrappers around virtqueue allocation and freeing operations,
ensuring that buffers are handled in terms of page-size units.
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <willdeacon@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Rebase to the upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Link: b4bb5227d4
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pages backing the virtqueues for virtio PCI devices are not freed
on reset, despite the virtqueue structure being freed as part of the
driver '->priv_auto' destruction at ->remove() time.
Call virtio_pci_del_vqs() from virtio_pci_reset() to free the virtqueue
pages before freeing the virtqueue structure itself.
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <willdeacon@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Rebase to the upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Link: 5ed54ccd83
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If we detect the VIRTIO_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM transport feature for a device,
then expose it in the device features.
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <willdeacon@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Rebase to the upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Link: 9693bd26bf
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Avoid using preprocessor compilation directives and instead use simple
logical expressions for better readability since compiler will anyway
optimize out the respective code block if condition is not satisfied.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Add ospi boot media support to load splash image from OSPI memory,
add offset to read image from ospi and necessary flags defininig type
of storage and storage device.
Use CONFIG_IS_ENBALED to use the splash locations at SPL and u-boot
proper.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
To include video related global data variables and splash functions at
SPL and u-boot proper, use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED.
Replace CONFIG_CMD_BMP with CONFIG_BMP to enable splash_display function
at u-boot proper and SPL.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support splash screen at both u-boot proper and SPL use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED and CONFIG_VAL to check for video related Kconfigs at
respective stages.
Replace CONFIG_CMD_BMP with CONFIG_BMP to enable splash_display function
at u-boot proper and SPL.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support video driver at SPL use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED and CONFIG_VAL,
which checks for stage specific configs and thus enables video support
at respective stage.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add rule to compile bmp.c at SPL and u-boot proper when CONFIG_SPL_BMP
and CONFIG_BMP are defined.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To enable splash screen at SPL, need to compile cmd/bmp.c which also
includes bmp commands, since SPL doesn't use commands split bmp.c into
common/bmp.c which includes all bmp functions and cmd/bmp.c which only
contains bmp commands.
Add function delclaration for bmp_info in video.h.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add CONFIG_BMP and CONFIG_SPL_BMP which enable displaying bmp images at
u-boot proper and SPL.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
To enable splash screen and loading bmp from boot media, add rules to
compile splash.c and splash_source.c at SPL stage only when
CONFIG_SPL_SPLASH_SCREEN and CONFIG_SPL_SPLASH_SOURCE are defined.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To enable TIDSS driver only at SPL stage add rule to compile the TIDSS
video driver.
CONFIG_$(SPL_)VIDEO_TIDSS will compile tidss_drv, at SPL only if
CONFIG_SPL_VIDEO_TIDSS is defined and at u-boot proper if
CONFIG_VIDEO_TIDSS is defined.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To enable video driver at SPL, need to compile video-uclass,
vidconsole-uclass, backlight-uclass, panel-uclass, simple-panel, add
rules to compile them at SPL and u-boot proper. To support
splash_display at SPL, need to compile video-bmp, add rule to compile at
SPL and u-boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Compile video driver at SPL using CONFIG_SPL_VIDEO.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> # qemu-x86_64
Add Kconfigs which enable the video driver and splash screen at SPL
stage only and not at u-boot proper. The existing Kconfigs from u-boot
proper were not used to make SPL splash screen independent to them.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Makes it possible to use e.g mcu_spi0 for custom board detection.
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
For setting up the master firewalls present in the K3 SoCs, the arm64
clusters need to be powered on.
Re-locates the code for atf/optee authentication.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Configuring master firewalls require the power of the cluster to be
enabled before configuring them, change the load of rproc to configure
the gtc clocks and start the cluster along with configuring the boot
vector.
The start of rproc will only start the core.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
This matches AM64 and J721e and removes the need to forward
declare k3_spl_init(), k3_mem_init(), and check_rom_loaded_sysfw()
in sys_proto.h.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
These probably should be in some system wide header given their use.
Until then move them out of K3 sys_proto.h so we can finish cleaning
that header out.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
This matches how it was done for pre-K3 TI platforms and it allows
us to move the forward declaration out of sys_proto.h.
It also removes the need for K3_BOARD_DETECT as one is free to simply
override the weak function in their board files as needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
This header is only used locally by K3 init files, no need to have it
up with the global mach includes. Move into local includes.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
This function is the same for each device when it needs to shutdown
the R5 core. Move this to the common section and move the remaining
device specific ID list to the device hardware include.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
The J7200 EVM will not include this file, this J7200 checks look
to be a copy/paste errora from j721e_evm.h, which J7200 *can* include.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
The TARGET_x_R5_EVM check is already enough to limit these defines to
only the correct builds. Remove the extra outer check.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
The K3 JTAG and SoC ID information is already stored in the K3 arch
hardware file, include that and use its definitions here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
This belongs in the J721e specific file as it is the only place
this is used. Any board level users should use the SOC driver.
While here, move the J721e and J7200 SoC IDs out of sys_proto.h
and into hardware.h. Use a macro borrowed from Rockchip and add
the rest of the SoC IDs for completeness and later use.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
The MSMC fixup is something we do based on SoC, not based on the board.
So this fixup does not belong in the board files. Move this to the
mach-k3 common file so that it does not have to be done in each board
that uses these SoCs.
We use ft_system_setup() here instead of ft_board_setup() since it is no
longer board level. Enable OF_SYSTEM_SETUP in the configurations that use
this to keep functionality the same.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 5717294230. This
does not exist in upstream kernel.org and breaks boot on DRA7-EVMs.
Drop the same.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This is a collection of all the whitespace, renames, comment, and other
changes that should not change the DT functionality from Linux v6.3-rc6.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This is a collection of all the whitespace, renames, comment, and other
changes that should not change the DT functionality from Linux v6.3-rc6.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This is a collection of all the whitespace, renames, comment, and other
changes that should not change the DT functionality from Linux v6.3-rc6.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This is a collection of all the whitespace, renames, comment, and other
changes that should not change the DT functionality from Linux v6.3-rc6.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This is a collection of all the whitespace, renames, comment, and other
changes that should not change the DT functionality from Linux v6.3-rc6.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Several DTS files have been updated in the Linux kernel with a new
PADCONF macro replacing the IOPAD version. Sync for the same here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This member is used in series.MakeCcFile() so should be declared in the
Series class.
Add a declaration to silence the warning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Add rk3588 evb support;
- Update pinctrl for rk3568 and rk3588;
- Update rk3288 dts;
- Update mmc support for rk3568 and rk3588;
- Add rng support for rk3588;
- Add DSI support for rk3568;
- Some other misc fixes in dts, config, driver;
- watchdog: arm_smc_wdt: add watchdog support (Lionel)
- watchdog: ftwdt010: return a previously deleted driver now ported to
DM (Sergei)
- watchdog: Add a watchdog driver for Raspberry Pi boards (Etienne)
configs:
_ Add usb_pgood_delay for ST boards
_ increase malloc size for pre-reloc for stm32mp15
_ Set CONFIG_USB_HUB_DEBOUNCE_TIMEOUT=2s for stm32mp15
dts:
_ Add QSPI support on STM32MP13x SoC family
_ Add FMC support on STM32MP13x SoC family
drivers/machine:
_ pinctrl_stm32: Add slew rate support for stm32_pinctrl_get_pin_muxing()
_ spi: stm32_qspi: Remove useless struct stm32_qspi_flash
_ rawnand: stm32_fmc2: remove unsupported EDO mode
_ stm32mp: fix various array bounds checks
Pull request for u-boot-nand-20230422
Replaces a patch by Linus Walleij merged with pull request
u-boot-nand-20230417, with a newer version that contains fixes for tests
run by Tom Rini.
It will be replaced by a more recent version which contains fixes for
tests run by Tom Rini.
This reverts commit ff33d3c87c.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
enable commands for i2c/pmic/regulator and relevant configs.
also drop configs for unused regulators.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Using DMA to load TF-A into SRAM fails when booting from eMMC on RK3588.
## Checking hash(es) for Image atf-3 ... sha256 error!
Bad hash value for 'hash' hash node in 'atf-3' image node
spl_load_simple_fit: can't load image loadables index 2 (ret = -1)
mmc_load_image_raw_sector: mmc block read error
Fix this by using PIO mode in SPL and limit the number of blocks used in
a single read command to avoid triggering Data End Bit Error interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip emmc devices have a similar issue to Rockchip dwmmc devices,
where performing DMA to SRAM later causes issues with suspend/resume.
Allow us to toggle SDMA in SPL for sdhci similar to ADMA support, so we
can ensure DMA is not used when loading the SRAM code.
Signed-off-by: Peter Geis <pgwipeout@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[jonas@kwiboo.se: add Kconfig default value and fix ADMA typo]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
The device tree sdhci node reference the TMCLK_EMMC clock, add limited
support this clock to rk3588 cru driver. Fixes probe of sdhci driver.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add sdhci node to SPL and u-boot,spl-boot-order. Also add more supported
mmc modes and pinctrl.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for RK3588 to the rockchip sdhci driver.
Use driver data to handle differences between RK3568 and RK3588:
- Set "Receive original clock source is auto gating" for RK3588.
- Set "Receive clock source is no-inverted" only on RK3568 and "Transmit
clock source is invertion of original clock input" for RK3588.
- Use different txclk_tapnum for HS400 modes on RK3588.
- Configure the CMDOUT reg for HS400 modes for RK3588.
This is based on the mainline linux and vendor kernel driver and have
successfully been tested with rock5b-rk3588_defconfig and
CONFIG_MMC_HS200_SUPPORT=y
CONFIG_MMC_HS400_SUPPORT=y
CONFIG_MMC_HS400_ES_SUPPORT=y
CONFIG_MMC_SPEED_MODE_SET=y
using the following command to switch mode and then read 512 MiB of data
from eMMC into memory,
=> mmc dev 0 0 <mode> && mmc info && mmc read 10000000 2000 10000
for each of the modes below.
0 = MMC legacy
1 = MMC High Speed (26MHz)
3 = MMC High Speed (52MHz)
4 = MMC DDR52 (52MHz)
10 = HS200 (200MHz)
11 = HS400 (200MHz)
12 = HS400ES (200MHz)
Signed-off-by: Yifeng Zhao <yifeng.zhao@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Adjust tap number for transmit clock, tap number and delay number for
strobe input to fix HS400 modes on RK3568.
New values have been picked from vendor kernel and u-boot and have
successfully been tested with rock-3a-rk3568_defconfig and
CONFIG_MMC_HS200_SUPPORT=y
CONFIG_MMC_HS400_SUPPORT=y
CONFIG_MMC_HS400_ES_SUPPORT=y
CONFIG_MMC_SPEED_MODE_SET=y
using the following command to switch mode and then read 512 MiB of data
from eMMC into memory,
=> mmc dev 0 0 <mode> && mmc info && mmc read 10000000 2000 10000
for each of the modes below.
0 = MMC legacy
1 = MMC High Speed (26MHz)
3 = MMC High Speed (52MHz)
4 = MMC DDR52 (52MHz)
10 = HS200 (200MHz)
11 = HS400 (200MHz)
12 = HS400ES (200MHz)
Signed-off-by: Yifeng Zhao <yifeng.zhao@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This rearrange and remove duplicate defines to make the code cleaner.
There is no need to read vendor area1 and use an offset each time, it is
easier and clearer to just use the reg offset defined in TRM, same as
the other vendor regs.
This also removes use of the misspelled const for the RK3588 CMDOUT reg,
it will be re-added when support for RK3588 is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Remove empty implementations of get_phy and set_enhanced_strobe ops.
Change driver set_enhanced_strobe to return 0 in order to allow missing
implementation of the ops.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Refactor set_ios_post ops to correctly set UHS Speed Select field values
according to TRM. Also set or unset Enhanced Strobe Enable bit and
eMMC Card present bit in set_ios_post, the Enhanced Strobe Enable bit
was never unset after switching to HS400ES mode.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Check return value from mmc_send_cmd and clear HOST_CONTROL2 when there
is an error. Also skip enable of interrupt signaling and remove a delay,
a delay is already happening in sdhci_send_command.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Change to configure clock and DLL in set_clock and config_dll ops
instead of in the set_ios_post ops.
With this change the output clock is turned off while configuring DLL
parameters, according to the design recommendations.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for the set_clock and config_dll sdhci_ops. Use of these ops
will allow configuration of DLL while the output clock is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Remove the unneeded emmc_phy_init now that the no-inverter flag is
handled correctly after commit 2321a991bb ("rockchip: sdhci: rk3568:
bypass DLL when clk <= 52 MHz").
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The device private data is misused in rockchip_sdhci_of_to_plat and
rockchip_sdhci_execute_tuning.
In these functions dev_get_priv is assigned to struct sdhci_host:
struct sdhci_host *host = dev_get_priv(dev);
Instead, the sdhci host should refer to host in struct rockchip_sdhc:
struct rockchip_sdhc *priv = dev_get_priv(dev);
struct sdhci_host *host = &priv->host;
Because host is the first member in struct rockchip_sdhc this is not a
real problem, lets fix it anyway and also use priv name consistently.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Set correct UHS Mode Select field value for UHS SDR25 (50MHz) mode.
Fixes: d1c0a2200a ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for HOST_CONTROL2 and setting UHS timings")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Set High Speed Enable bit for MMC High Speed (52MHz) mode.
Fixes: f12341a952 ("mmc: sdhci: Fix HISPD bit handling")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This adds support for the TRNG found in the RK3588 SoC to the
rockchip_rng driver so that it can be used for things such as
seeding randomness to Linux.
Changes in V3:
- Moved notes from commit to cover letter.
- Added Reviewed-By tag.
Changes in V2:
- Modified Kconfig to note that the Rockchip RNG driver supports all
versions of the hardware (v1, v2, and the trng in the rk3588).
Signed-off-by: Lin Jinhan <troy.lin@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
A RK3568 device tree pmic node can reference the I2S1_MCLKOUT_TX clock
in assigned-clocks, add dummy support to set parent of this clock to the
rk3568 cru driver.
Fixes probe of pmic driver and missing regulators on affected boards,
rk3568-evb and rk3568-rock-3a.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
IO mux selection is not working correctly for all pins. Sync mux route
data from linux to add any missing and update wrong trigger pins to fix
this. Also apply the pull-up fix needed for GPIO0 D3-D6.
Fixes: 1977d746aa ("rockchip: rk3568: add rk3568 pinctrl driver")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Sync the sdmmc node from linux-next, include required nodes in SPL and
imply Kconfig options required for functional sdmmc clk in SPL and
U-Boot proper.
This make it possible for both SPL and U-Boot proper to configure sdmmc
clocks. In SPL, before TF-A is loaded, scru regs is configured, in
U-Boot proper a SCMI message is sent to TF-A.
Fixes: 95c8656b72 ("ARM: dts: rockchip: rk3588s-u-boot: Add sdmmc node")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Booting from sdmmc on RK3588 currently works because of a workaround in
the device tree, clocks are reordered so that the driver use ciu-sample
instead of ciu, and the BootRom initializes sdmmc clocks before SPL is
loaded into DRAM.
The sdmmc clocks are normally controlled by TF-A using SCMI. However,
there is a need to control these clocks in SPL, before TF-A has started.
This adds a rk3588_scru driver to control the sdmmc clocks in SPL before
TF-A has started, using scru regs. It also adds a small glue driver to
bind the scmi clock node to the rk3588_scru driver in SPL.
Fixes: 7a474df740 ("clk: rockchip: Add rk3588 clk support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Building U-Boot SPL with CLK_SCMI and SCMI_FIRMWARE Kconfig options
enabled and SPL_FIRMWARE disabled result in the following error.
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.o: in function `scmi_clk_gate':
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.c:84: undefined reference to `devm_scmi_process_msg'
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.c:88: undefined reference to `scmi_to_linux_errno'
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.o: in function `scmi_clk_get_rate':
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.c:113: undefined reference to `devm_scmi_process_msg'
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.c:117: undefined reference to `scmi_to_linux_errno'
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.o: in function `scmi_clk_set_rate':
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.c:139: undefined reference to `devm_scmi_process_msg'
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.c:143: undefined reference to `scmi_to_linux_errno'
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.o: in function `scmi_clk_probe':
drivers/clk/clk_scmi.c:157: undefined reference to `devm_scmi_of_get_channel'
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.spl:527: spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:2043: spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
Add Kconfig option so that CLK_SCMI can be disabled in SPL to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add fdtoverlay_addr_r, kernel_comp_addr_r and imply use of
OF_LIBFDT_OVERLAY on RK3568 and RK3588 to support fdtoverlay
and kernel compression.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The TF-A blobs used to boot RK3568 and RK3588 boards is based on atf
v2.3. Mainline atf v2.3 contains an issue that could lead to a crash
when it fails to parse the fdt blob being passed as the platform param.
An issue that was fixed in atf v2.4.
The vendor TF-A seem to suffer from a similar issue, and this prevents
booting when fdt blob is large enough to trigger this condition.
Fix this by implying SPL_ATF_NO_PLATFORM_PARAM to let u-boot pass a
NULL pointer instead of the fdt blob as the platform param.
This fixes booting Radxa ROCK 3A after recent sync of device tree.
Fixes: 073d911ae6 ("rockchip: rk3568-rock-3a: Sync device tree from linux")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Running U-Boot from a SD-card on ROCK 5 Model B fails to load atf using
DMA and prints debug_uart messages.
<debug_uart>
<debug_uart>
U-Boot SPL 2023.04-rc3 (Mar 12 2023 - 00:30:16 +0000)
Trying to boot from MMC1
## Checking hash(es) for config config-1 ... OK
## Checking hash(es) for Image atf-1 ... sha256 error!
Bad hash value for 'hash' hash node in 'atf-1' image node
mmc_load_image_raw_sector: mmc block read error
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
Use fifo-mode to disable DMA in SPL, add same-as-spl to boot-order and
remove DEBUG_UART_ANNOUNCE option to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The documentation for misc_read() says:
Return: number of bytes read if OK (may be 0 if EOF), -ve on error
The Rockchip efuse driver implements this so it should return the number
of bytes read rather than zero on success. Fix this so that the driver
follows the usual contract for read operations.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The documentation for misc_read() says:
Return: number of bytes read if OK (may be 0 if EOF), -ve on error
The Rockchip efuse driver implements this so it should return the number
of bytes read rather than zero on success. Fix this so that the driver
follows the usual contract for read operations.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
misc_read() is documented to return the number of bytes read or a
negative error value. The Rockchip drivers currently do not implement
this correctly and instead return zero on success or a negative error
value.
In preparation for fixing the drivers, fix the condition here to only
error on negative values.
Suggested-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for DSI Host controller on Rockchip RK3568. This driver
is heavily based on the Rockchip dw_mipi_dsi_rockchip.c driver in
Linux and the stm32_dsi.c driver in U-Boot. It should be easy to add
support for other SoCs as the only missing component from the mainline
driver is setting the VOP big or VOP little (which the rk3568 does
not have).
Driver was tested for use in sending commands to a DSI panel in order
to obtain the panel ID.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for the Innosilicon DSI-DPHY driver for Rockchip SOCs.
The driver was ported from Linux and tested on a Rockchip RK3566
based device to query the panel ID via a DSI command.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
For 2 GB LPDDR4 single-rank RAM with 16 rows, the Rockchip ddr init bin
prints:
"Bus Width=32 Col=10 Bank=8 Row=16 CS=1 Die Bus-Width=16 Size=2048MB"
U-Boot TPL prints:
"BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=16/15 CS=1 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB"
Add missing high row detection so that U-Boot TPL prints Row=16, same as
the Rockchip ddr init bin:
"BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=16 CS=1 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB"
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Liu <net147@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The GPIO V2 controller on RK3568 and RK3588 works very similar to
prior generation, main difference is the use of a write mask in the
upper 16 bits and register address offset have changed.
GPIO_VER_ID is a new register at 0x0078 that is used to determine when
the driver should use new or old register offsets and values. Earlier
generation return 0x0 from this offset.
Refactor code and add support for the GPIO V2 controller used in RK3568
and RK3588.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Currently the Rockchip rk3066a u-boot-tpl.bin file needs
to add the characters "RK30", while the other SoCs replace
the first 4 bytes. Bring this in line with the rest by
lowering CONFIG_TPL_TEXT_BASE and update rockchip.rst
instructions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Sync rk3066/rk3188 DT files from Linux.
This is the state as of linux-next v6.2-rc4.
New nfc node for MK808 rk3066a.
CRU nodes now have a clock property.
To prefend dtoc errors a fixed clock must also be
included for tpl/spl in the rk3xxx-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The gpio node names are made generic, but without
gpio bank ID. Add gpio-ranges to rk3188-u-boot.dtsi
for now till a better method is found.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The gpio node names are made generic, but without
gpio bank ID. Add gpio-ranges to rk3066a-u-boot.dtsi
for now till a better method is found.
Disable gpio6 as the driver gives an error code
on return as status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The current divider to calculate the bank ID can change.
Given the Rockchip TRM not all gpio-banks have 32 pins per bank.
The "gpio-ranges" syntax allows multiple items with variable number
of pins. Use a constant ROCKCHIP_GPIOS_PER_BANK as fixed divider.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to better compare the Linux rk3288.dtsi
version 6.3 -rc2 with the U-Boot version partial
sync the pwm nodes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3288 pwm nodes synced from Linux make use of PCLK_RKPWM
instead of PCLK_PWM. They have the same pclk_cpu parent,
so add PCLK_RKPWM to rk3288_clk_get_rate().
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> # chromebook-jerry
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to better compare the Linux rk3288.dtsi
version 6.3 -rc2 with the U-Boot version partial
sync the vop/lvds/mipi/hdmi nodes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> # chromebook-jerry
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3288 edp node has a phy node in Linux with a clock
property while current U-Boot driver expects this clock
on position index 1. Move U-Boot-specific DT clock properties
to rk3288-u-boot.dtsi and partially sync the edp node.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> # chromebook-jerry
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the current rk3288.dtsi file the compatible string for
the DisplayPort(DP) node ends with "edp". The string in the
binding ends with "dp" which conflicts with "cdn-dp" as a
search term. Add "rk3288-dp" as compare string to select
vop_id.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> # chromebook-jerry
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to better compare the Linux rk3288.dtsi
version 6.3 -rc2 with the U-Boot version partial
sync the grf and pmu nodes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> # chromebook-jerry
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for Rockchip rk3588 variant of pinctrl.
The driver is adapted from the Linux driver.
Signed-off-by: Jianqun Xu <jay.xu@rock-chips.com>
[eugen.hristev@collabora.com:
port to latest U-boot, bring more changes from Linux
use translated pull values table]
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
ft_board_setup() should be availble for use in board files but using it
in the rk3288 machine file blocks this functionality.
ft_system_setup() is the more appropriate function to use in a machine
definition.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
There is no support to initialize DRAM on RK3588 SoCs using U-Boot TPL
and instead an external TPL binary must be used to generate a bootable
u-boot-rockchip.bin image.
Enable ROCKCHIP_EXTERNAL_TPL by default for RK3588, add build steps for
RK3588 to documentation and clean up CONFIG_BINMAN_FDT options.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@edgeble.ai>
rk3588 evb1 v10 is a evalution board from Rockchip, it is a dev board for
rockchip and also a reference board for board vendors.
Hardware:
SoC: RK3588
DRAM: LPDDR4X 8GB
Debug: UART2 via USB
PCIe: 3x4 *1
SATA *2
HDMI out *2
HDMI IN *1
USB2.0 Host *2
USB3.0 Host *1
Type C *1
MIPI DSI panel
dts Sync from Linux v6.2.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@edgeble.ai>
Instead of letting the compiler error out if CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE is
not selected by the user, let's just enforce it when the user builds for
Ringneck PX30 so that no check needs to be performed by the compiler and
the configuration is always valid.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Instead of letting the compiler error out if CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE is
not selected by the user, let's just enforce it when the user builds for
Puma RK3399 so that no check needs to be performed by the compiler and
the configuration is always valid.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
mmc->tran_speed is max clock, but currently rk3568_sdhci_set_ios_post
uses it if its != 0, regardless of mmc->clock value, and it breaks
eMMC controller.
Without this patch 'mmc dev 0; mmc dev 1; mmc dev 0' is enough for
breaking eMMC, since first initialization sets mmc->mmc_tran speed
to non-zero value (26MHz in my case), and on subsequent re-init when
mmc layer asks for 400KHz it sets 26MHz instead.
Fix it by using MAX(mmc->tran_speed, mmc->clock)
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When a structure contains a flexible array member, it is not supposed to be
included in arrays or other structs.
Quoting the C spec [0]
"Such a structure (and any union containing, possibly recursively, a
member that is such a structure) shall not be a member of a structure
or an element of an array."
IOW efi_hii_keyboard_layout should not include
struct efi_key_descriptor descriptors[]; since we use it at the
declaration of struct efi_hii_keyboard_package.
[0] https://www.dii.uchile.cl/~daespino/files/Iso_C_1999_definition.pdf
chapter 6.7.2.1
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
We cannot use old_dtb in the finally block if it has not been assigned
before the try block.
test/py/tests/test_efi_fit.py:458:30:
E0601: Using variable 'old_dtb' before assignment (used-before-assignment)
Fixes: 8391f95549 ("test/py: Create a test for launching UEFI binaries from FIT images")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Without CONFIG_EFI_CAPSULE_AUTHENTICATE=y the following tests are skipped:
* test/py/tests/test_efi_capsule/test_capsule_firmware_signed_fit.py
* test/py/tests/test_efi_capsule/test_capsule_firmware_signed_raw.py
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix pylint warnings like:
* Class inherits from object
* Missing module description
* Missing class description
* First line of comment blank
* Superfluous imports
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Some sections in the linker scripts are aligned to 4 bytes, which
may cause misaligned exception on some platforms, e.g.: clearing
the bss section on 64-bit hardware if __bss_start does not start
from a naturally 8 bytes aligned address.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
U-Boot SPL is not relocable. Drop these relocation sections.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
board_init_r does not return for U-Boot SPL hence there is no need
to update the link register when jumping to board_init_r.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The codes currently skip the very first relocation entry, and have
an inaccurate comment "skip first reserved entry" indicating that
the first entry is reserved, but later it references the elements
in the first relocation entry using a minus offset.
Change to use a positive offset so that there is no need to skip
the first relocation entry.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The codes forget to call munmap() to unmap the ELF image that was
mapped by previous mmap().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
't5' already contains relocation type so don't bother reloading it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The __bss_start is the source end address hence load its address
directly into register 't2' for optimization.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Since commit 409e4b5478 ("Makefile: Enforce DWARF4 output") the
whole U-Boot build switched to enforce DWARF4 output, but RISC-V
is still on its own setting. Let's switch to use U-Boot's setting.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This is the initial basic config for StarFive VisionFive v2 board. It
includes consol, Norflash, sdio, ddr etc.
Signed-off-by: Yanhong Wang <yanhong.wang@starfivetech.com>
Tested-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Add a DM reset driver for StarFive JH7110 SoC.
Note that the register base address of reset controller is the
same with the clock controller. Therefore, there is no device
tree node alone for reset driver.It binds device node in
the clock driver
Signed-off-by: Yanhong Wang <yanhong.wang@starfivetech.com>
Tested-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
With some USB devices connected on USB HUB for the STMicroelectronics
boards, set the usb_pgood_delay=2 is not enough to ensure a correct
detection for all cases; but it is solved with USB_HUB_DEBOUNCE_TIMEOUT=2s.
For example, issue encountered with the USB flash disk:
ID 058f:6387 Alcor Micro Corp. Flash Drive
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
In all these cases, the index on the LHS is immediately afterwards
used to access the array appearing in the ARRAY_SIZE() on the RHS - so
if that index is equal to the array size, we'll access
one-past-the-end of the array.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The early malloc usage increased so the associated defined
CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN need to be increased.
For example, for stm32mp15_defconfig and
stm32mp157c-dk2-scmi.dtsi, we have:
Early malloc usage: 280b8 / 80000
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Currently, in stm32_qspi_claim_bus(), QSPI_CR and QSPI_DCR registers
are saved in stm32_ospi_flash struct on first flash memory initialization
and restored on each flash accesses.
As the logic of spi-uclass.c changed since 'commit 741280e9ac
("spi: spi-uclass: Fix spi_claim_bus() speed/mode setup logic")'
set_speed() and set_mode() callbacks are called systematically when bus
speed or bus mode need to be updated, QSPI_CR and QSPI_DCR registers are
set accordingly.
So stm32_qspi_claim_bus() can be updated by removing QSPI_CR and QSPI_DCR
save/restore code and struct stm32_ospi_flash can be removed as well.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
For debug purpose, it should be useful to indicate the slew rate for
each pins.
Add ospeed register information for pins which are configured in
either alternate function or gpio output.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
With some USB device, the current usb_pgood_delay value is not long
enough to ensure a correct detection.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The ftwdt010 watchdog driver was deleted by
commit 11232139e3 ("nds32: Remove the architecture")
Return it to the codebase in a DM compatible form. Enable it in
sandbox_defconfig to test compilability.
Another platform using ftwdt010 will be submitted later.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This driver supports the bcm2835 watchdog found on
Raspberry Pi boards.
It is derived from the Linux driver and was tested
on two Raspberry Pi board versions (B+ and 3B+).
Signed-off-by: Etienne Dublé <etienne.duble@imag.fr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Add initial support for BPI-CM4
- Spring Cleanup of Amlogic board documentation
- add support for BananaPi M2-Pro
- add support for BananaPi M2S
- add support for Radxa Zero2
- add support for WeTek Hub and WeTek Play2
- switch LibreTech-CC v2 and WeTek Core2 to EE powerdomain
- add support for Beelink GT1 Ultimate
Pull request for u-boot-nand-20230417
The first two patches are by Frieder Schrempf who joins as a reviewer for
the SPI NAND framework and drivers.
The following 2 patches are by Linus Walleij and are taken by the series
"Add Broadcom Northstar basic support".
Bin Meng makes static a list for octeontx.
Francesco Dolcini specifies MTD partitions on command line for
colibri-{imx6ull,imx7}.
Improve documentation. Notably we remove all the board names from the
feature matrix to reduce table width. SoC types have been added to the
titles in individual board documents so readers can still correlate a
board against the features. This makes it easier to add new boards to
to the document in the future.
Signed-off-by: Christian Hewitt <christianshewitt@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230320114609.930145-2-christianshewitt@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Enable Renesas RSwitch driver, matching SERDES PHY driver and Marvell
10G ethernet PHY driver in R8A779F0 S4 Spider board configuration to
make ethernet available via the RSwitch ports.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The current shell prompt '->' interferes with CI matching on 'bdinfo'
output. When CI test.py attempts to locate memory information in the
'bdinfo' output, it matches on '->' prefix which is identical to the
shell prefix. Switch the prompt to default '=>' one to avoid this
interference.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # found the CI oddity
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
This patch adds Ethernet Switch support that found on R-Car S4
(r8a779f0) SoC. This is extracted from multiple patches from
downstream BSP, with additional rework of the network device
registration.
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Phong Hoang <phong.hoang.wz@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Takeshi Kihara <takeshi.kihara.df@renesas.com>
[Marek: Rework the driver to support all ports via subdrivers.
Split the driver up, add generic PHY framework support.
Generic code clean ups.]
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add Renesas Ethernet SERDES driver for R-Car S4-8 (r8a779f0).
The datasheet describes initialization procedure without any information
about registers' name/bits. So, this is all black magic to initialize
the hardware. Especially, all channels should be initialized at once.
This driver is imported and adjusted from Linux 6.3-rc1 commit:
50133cd3e8dd1 ("phy: renesas: r8a779f0-eth-serdes: Remove retry code in .init()")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Use IS_ENABLED() instead of CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() to check for CONFIG_
option which is identical across all of U-Boot and xPL builds.
Fixes: 2769ddc99f ("mmc: tmio: Replace ifdeffery with IS_ENABLED/CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macros")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
For BRCMNAND with 1-bit BCH ECC (BCH-1) such as used on the
D-Link DIR-885L and DIR-890L routers, we need to explicitly
select the ECC like this in the device tree:
nand-ecc-algo = "bch";
nand-ecc-strength = <1>;
nand-ecc-step-size = <512>;
This is handled by the Linux kernel but U-Boot core does
not respect this. Fix it up by parsing the algorithm and
preserve the behaviour using this property to select
software BCH as far as possible.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20230308212851.370939-1-linus.walleij@linaro.org/
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Add M5208EVBE board to CI. This does not use default config due to
limitations of QEMU emulation, instead the timer is switched from
DMA timer to PIT timer and RAMBAR accesses are inhibited.
Local QEMU launch command is as follows:
$ qemu-system-m68k -nographic -machine mcf5208evb -cpu m5208 -bios u-boot.bin
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
The QEMU emulation of m68k does not support RAMBAR accesses,
add Kconfig option which inhibits those accesses, so that
U-Boot can be started in m68k QEMU for CI testing purpopses
until QEMU emulation improves.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The QEMU emulation of m68k does not support DMA timer, the only
timer that is supported is the PIT timer. Implement trivial PIT
timer support for m68k.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
There is an existing CONFIG_MCFTMR Kconfig symbol,
use it and drop all other instances of CFG_MCFTMR.
This duality is likely a result of bogus conversion
to Kconfig.
Fixes: 7ff7b46e6c ("m68k: rename CONFIG_MCFTMR to CFG_MCFTMR")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The biggest change is some refactoring of the H616 DRAM driver, which
allows better fine-tuning for each board, and is the base for pending
LPDDR3 and LPDDR4 support, needed by new boards. The sun8i-emac
Ethernet driver sees some refactoring that enables it for the Allwinner
D1 EMAC IP. The sunxi HDMI driver is now using more DT properties. Also
the early SPL code now supports some odd H616 SoC variant.
There are some more patches pending, that require the final review
touches and some testing, I will send a separate PR for them later.
The gitlab CI completed successfully, and I boot tested a few boards
with different SoCs, via FEL and SD card, into Linux.
- DDR Training sequence happens very fast. The speedup in boot time is
negligible by skipping the training sequence during 2nd boot or after.
So remove the check and skip.
- This change improves the robustness of DDR training. If u-boot crashed
during DDR training, the training could be left in a limbo state, where
the BootROM has recorded that it is already in a 2nd boot. The training
must be repeated in this scenario to get out of this limbo state, but due
to the check it cannot be performed.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a new config option CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_SATA_BLKSZ for specifying block
size of SATA disk. This information is used during building of SATA
kwbimage and must be correctly set, otherwise BootROM does not load SPL.
For 4K Native disks CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_SATA_BLKSZ must be set to 4096.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Martin Rowe <martin.p.rowe@gmail.com>
Currently kwboot expected that sector size for SATA image is always 512
bytes. If SATA image cannot be parsed with sector size of 512 bytes, try
larger sector sizes which are power of two and up to the 32 kB. Maximal
theoretical value is 32 kB because ATA IDENTIFY command returns sector size
as 16-bit number.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
SATA kwbimage contains offsets in block size unit, not in bytes.
Until now kwbimage expected that SATA disk always have block size of 512
bytes. But there are 4K Native SATA disks with block size of 4096 bytes.
New SATA_BLKSZ command allows to specify different block size than 512
bytes and therefore allows to generate kwbimage for disks with different
block sizes.
This change add support for generating SATA images with different block
size. Also it add support for verifying and dumping such images.
Because block size itself is not stored in SATA kwbimage, image
verification is done by checking every possible block size (it is any
power of two value between 512 and 32 kB).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This allows image type print_header() callback to access struct
image_tool_params *params.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Find SATA block device by blk_get_devnum_by_uclass_id() function and read
from it the real block size of the SATA disk. In case of error, fallback
back to 512 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Find SATA block device by blk_get_devnum_by_uclass_id() function and read
from it the real block size of the SATA disk.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In the early days of the Allwinner A64 U-Boot support, we relied on a
vendor provided "boot0" binary to perform the DRAM initialisation. This
replaced the SPL, and required to equip the U-Boot (proper) binary with
a vendor specific header to be recognised as a valid boot0 payload.
Fortunately these days are long gone (we gained SPL and DRAM support in
early 2017!), and we never needed to use that hack on any later 64-bit
Allwinner SoC.
Since this is highly obsolete by now, remove that option from the
defconfigs of all A64 boards. We leave the code still in here for now,
since some people expressed their interest in this.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Some SoCs of the H616 family use a die variant, that puts some CPU power
and reset control registers at a different address. There are examples
of two instances of the same board, using different die revisions of the
otherwise same H313 SoC. We need to write to a register in that block
*very* early in the SPL boot, to switch the core to AArch64.
Since the devices are otherwise indistinguishable, let the SPL code read
that die variant and use the respective RVBAR address based on that.
That is a bit tricky, since we need to do that in hand-coded AArch32
machine language, shared by all 64-bit SoCs. To avoid build dependencies
in this mess, we always provide two addresses to choose from, and just
give identical values for all other SoCs. This allows the same code to
run on all 64-bit SoCs, and controls this switch behaviour purely from
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
To switch the ARMv8 Allwinner SoCs into the 64-bit AArch64 ISA, we need
to program the 64-bit start code address into an MMIO mapped register
that shadows the architectural RVBAR register.
This address is SoC specific, with just two versions out there so far.
Now a third address emerged, on a *variant* of an existing SoC (H616).
Change the boot0.h start code to make this address a Kconfig
selectable option, to allow easier maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Currently twr2rd, trd2wr and twtp are constants, but according to
vendor driver they are calculated from other values. Do that here too,
in preparation for later introduction of new parameter.
While at it, introduce constant for t_wr_lat, which was incorrectly
calculated from tcl before.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Part of the code, previously known as "unknown feature", also doesn't
have constant values. They are derived from TPR0 parameter in vendor
DRAM code.
Let's move that code to separate function and introduce TPR0 parameter
here too, to ease adding new boards.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
These values are highly board specific and thus make sense to add
parameter for them. To ease adding support for new boards, let's make
them same as in vendor DRAM settings.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Vendor DRAM settings use TPR10 parameter to enable various features.
There are many mores features that just those that are currently
mentioned. Since new will be added later and most are not known, let's
reuse value from vendor DRAM driver as-is. This will also help adding
support for new boards.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
While ODT values for same memory type are similar, they are not
necessary the same. Let's parameterize them and make parameter same as
in vendor DRAM settings. That way it will be easy to introduce new board
support.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Fix code style for pointer declaration. This is just cosmetic change to
avoid checkpatch errors in later commits.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Vendor DRAM code actually writes to whole CR register and not just sets
bit 31 in mctl_ctrl_init().
Just to be safe, do that here too.
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This board is configured with CONFIG_USB1_VBUS_PIN="PH24", but no
regulator exists in its device tree. Add the regulator, so USB will
continue to work when the PHY driver switches to using the regulator
uclass instead of a GPIO.
Update the device tree here because it does not exist in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
While R40 puts the EMAC syscon register at a different address from
other variants, the relevant portion of the register's layout is the
same. Factor out the register offset so the same code can be shared
by all variants. This matches what the Linux driver does.
This change provides two benefits beyond the simplification:
- R40 boards now respect the RX delays from the devicetree
- This resolves a warning on architectures where readl/writel
expect the address to have a pointer type, not phys_addr_t.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently, EMAC variants are distinguished by their identity, but this
gets unwieldy as more overlapping variants are added. Add a structure so
we can describe the individual feature differences between the variants.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The HDMI PHY depends on the HVCC supply being enabled. So far we have
relied on it being enabled by an earlier firmware stage (SPL or TF-A).
Attempt to enable the regulator here, so we can remove that dependency.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
This abstracts away the CCU register layout, which is necessary for
supporting new SoCs like H6 with a reorganized CCU. One of the resets is
referenced from the PHY node instead of the controller node, so it will
have to wait until the PHY code is factored out to a separate driver.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
i2c updates for v2023-07-rc1
- designware_i2c: remove apparently redundant read of 'i2c, speeds' DT property
from Rasmus Villemoes
- fix: correct I2C deblock logic from Haibo Chen
- imx_lpi2c: Fix misuse the IS_ENABLED for DM clock from Ye Li
- m68k: convert to DM from Angelo Dureghello
Add all the i2c nodes for each family, and add specific i2c
overwrites in the related board-specific dts.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
This driver is actually used for powerpc and m68k/ColdFire.
On ColdFire SoC's, interrupt flag get not set if IIEN flag (mbcr bit6,
interrupt enabled) is not set appropriately before each transfert.
As a result, the transfert hangs forever waiting for IIEN.
This patch set IIEN before each transfert, while considering this fix
as not harming powerpc arch.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
The IS_ENABLED, which does not consider SPL build, should be replaced
by CONFIG_IS_ENABLED.
For the case that we only enable DM CLK for u-boot but not in SPL, the
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CLK) still returns true, then cause clock failure.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Current code use dm_gpio_get_value() to get SDA and SCL value, and the
value depends on whether DTS file config the GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW. In ususal
case for i2c GPIO, DTS need to set GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW for SCL/SDA pins. So
here the logic is not correct.
And we must not use GPIOD_ACTIVE_LOW in client code include the
dm_gpio_set_dir_flags(), it is DTS's responsibility for this flag. So
remove GPIOD_ACTIVE_LOW here.
Fixes: aa54192d4a ("dm: i2c: implement gpio-based I2C deblock")
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com <mailto:al.kochet@gmail.com>>
This code first figures out if there is an i2c,speeds property, if so
its size in u32s, and then reads the value into the local speeds[]
array. Both 'size' and 'speeds' are completely unused thereafter.
It's not at all clear what this is supposed to do. Of course, it could
be seen as a sanity check that the DT node does have an i2c,speeds
property with an appropriate number of elements, but for that one
wouldn't actually need to read it into speeds[]. Also, I can't find
anywhere else in the U-Boot code which makes use of values from that
property (this is is the only C code referencing "i2c,speeds"), so it
seems pointless to insist that it's there.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Numeric return values may cause strange errors line:
exit not allowed from main input shell.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mask macro PART_ACCESS_MASK filter out access bits of emmc register and
macro EXT_CSD_EXTRACT_BOOT_PART() extracts boot part bits of emmc register.
So use EXT_CSD_EXTRACT_BOOT_PART() when extracting boot partition.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The default erase command applies on erase group unit, and
simply round down to erase group size. When the start block
is not aligned to erase group size (e.g. erasing partition)
it causes unwanted erasing of the previous blocks, part of
the same erase group (e.g. owned by other logical partition,
or by the partition table itself).
To prevent this issue, a simple solution is to use TRIM as
argument of the Erase command, which is usually supported
with eMMC > 4.0, and allow to apply erase operation to write
blocks instead of erase group
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When secure/insecure TRIM operations are supported.
When used as erase command argument it applies the
erase operation to write blocks instead of erase
groups.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-07-rc1
Documentation:
* man-page for coninfo command
* documentation style
* switch settings for boot modes on AM62 SK
UEFI:
* avoid using deprecated HandleProtocol()
* set static attribute for non-exported functions and variables
- fix building sandbox without SDL
- improve tegra DC driver to work with panel ops and implement
native 180 degree panel rotation support
- add T30 support to tegra DC driver
- add DSI driver (based on mainline Linux one with minor
adjustments, only T30 tested)
- add get_display_timing ops to simple panel driver
- extend simple panel driver to use it for MIPI DSI panels
which do not require additional DSI commands for setup
If console multiplexing in enabled (CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX=y), the output of
the coninfo command should show the file association (stdin, stderr,
stdout) for all devices not only the default ones.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
HandleProtocol() is deprecated and leaves an OpenedProtocolInformation
behind. Use OpenProtocol(GET_PROTOCOL) instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
HandleProtocol() is deprecated and leaves an OpenedProtocolInformation
behind. Use OpenProtocol(GET_PROTOCOL) instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The DM_REGULATOR symbol has SPL counterpart in:
drivers/power/regulator/Kconfig:config SPL_DM_REGULATOR
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() macro to match on the correct
variant depending on the build stage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The DM_REGULATOR symbol has SPL counterpart in:
drivers/power/regulator/Kconfig:config SPL_DM_REGULATOR
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() macro to match on the correct
variant depending on the build stage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The DM_REGULATOR symbol has SPL counterpart in:
drivers/power/regulator/Kconfig:config SPL_DM_REGULATOR
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() macro to match on the correct
variant depending on the build stage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The DM_REGULATOR symbol has SPL counterpart in:
drivers/power/regulator/Kconfig:config SPL_DM_REGULATOR
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() macro to match on the correct
variant depending on the build stage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The DM_REGULATOR symbol has SPL counterpart in:
drivers/power/regulator/Kconfig:config SPL_DM_REGULATOR
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() macro to match on the correct
variant depending on the build stage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The DM_REGULATOR symbol has SPL counterpart in:
drivers/power/regulator/Kconfig:config SPL_DM_REGULATOR
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() macro to match on the correct
variant depending on the build stage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Re-use simple panel driver for MIPI DSI panels
which do not require additional DSI commands
for setup.
Tested-by: Robert Eckelmann <longnoserob@gmail.com> # ASUS TF101 T20
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com> # Paz00
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # ASUS TF700T T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Some cases may require passing display timings from
panel driver. To handle such cases support parsing
device tree panel node for timing subnode.
Tested-by: Robert Eckelmann <longnoserob@gmail.com> # ASUS TF101 T20
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com> # Paz00
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # Google Nexus 7 2012
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Adds support for both DSI outputs found on Tegra. Only very
minimal functionality is implemented, so advanced features
like ganged mode won't work. Driver is heavily based on
mainline Tegra DSI and re-uses much of its features.
Only T30 is supported for now but T20 support can be added
if any supported devices will be found.
Driver is wrapped as panel driver since Tegra DC driver supports
only panel drivers calls.
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # ASUS TF600T T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # HTC One X T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Internal video devices like DSI and HDMI controllers
require sending commands into DC register field.
To make this available, lets create platform data,
which is restricted to pass DC regmap only to
pre-defined devices.
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # ASUS TF T30
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com> # Paz00
Tested-by: Robert Eckelmann <longnoserob@gmail.com> # ASUS TF101 T20
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # HTC One X T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Tegra DC driver does not call panel_set_backlight, which can
result in absence of backlight on device. Fix this by calling
panel_set_backlight with BACKLIGHT_DEFAULT just after
panel_enable_backlight.
Tested-by: Robert Eckelmann <longnoserob@gmail.com> # ASUS TF101 T20
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com> # Paz00
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # ASUS TF T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # LG P895 T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Unlike 90 and 270 degree rotation, 180 degree rotation is more
common and does not require scaling. Implement it for correct
grouper support.
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # Google Nexus 7 2012
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # Google Nexus 7 2012
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Check if panel driver has display timings and get those.
If panel driver does not pass timing, try to find timing
under rgb node for backwards compatibility.
Tested-by: Robert Eckelmann <longnoserob@gmail.com> # ASUS TF101 T20
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com> # Paz00
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # ASUS TF T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # LG P895 T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
DISP1 clock may use PLLP, PLLC and PLLD as parents.
Instead of hardcoding, lets pass clock and its
parent from device tree. Default parent is PLLP.
Tested-by: Robert Eckelmann <longnoserob@gmail.com> # ASUS TF101 T20
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com> # Paz00
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # ASUS TF T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # HTC One X T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Move tegra dc driver to tegra20 directory and also mention
T30 in description of the driver's config option.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
[agust: add commit description]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
On popular request make the display driver from T20 work on T30 as
well. Turned out to be quite straight forward. However a few notes
about some things encountered during porting: Of course the T30 device
tree was completely missing host1x as well as PWM support but it turns
out this can simply be copied from T20. The only trouble compiling the
Tegra video driver for T30 had to do with some hard-coded PWM pin
muxing for T20 which is quite ugly anyway. On T30 this gets handled by
a board specific complete pin muxing table. The older Chromium U-Boot
2011.06 which to my knowledge was the only prior attempt at enabling a
display driver for T30 for whatever reason got some clocking stuff
mixed up. Turns out at least for a single display controller T20 and
T30 can be clocked quite similar. Enjoy.
Tested-by: Andreas Westman Dorcsak <hedmoo@yahoo.com> # ASUS TF T30
Tested-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de> # Surface RT T30
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # LG P895 T30
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
This is currently broken. If SDL is not installed, SANDBOX_SDL becomes
false and build errors are generated, e.g.:
test/dm/video.c:424: undefined reference to `sandbox_sdl_set_bpp'
Fix it by making the function return an error in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add board code for R8A779G0 V4H White Hawk board.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Synchronize configuration symbols which are now switched to Kconfig
Mallocate gd->bd->bi_boot_params, i.e. drop the assignment
Sort headers, use clrbits_le32(), use BIT macros where appropriate
Use CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ for counter frequency instead of custom macro]
Add DTs for R8A779G0 V4H White Hawk CPU and BreakOut boards.
Based on Linux next 20230228 DTs up to
commit 058f4df42121 ("Add linux-next specific files for 20230228")
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Tho Vu <tho.vu.wh@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Sync with Linux next 20230228, update commit message
Rename DTs to match Linux, which has dash between white-hawk]
Add clock tables for R8A779G0 V4H SoC from Linux next
commit 058f4df42121 ("Add linux-next specific files for 20230228")
There is an adjustment to the clock tables to make them easier suitable
for U-Boot, PLL2 is not treated as GEN4 PLL type PLL2_VAR, but rather a
plain PLL2. This should be sufficient until PLL2_VAR is implemented in
the clock core.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Sync with Linux next 20230228 . Update from CLK to CPG core driver
Treat PLL2 as non-PLL2_VAR for now]
Add all Clock Pulse Generator Core Clock Outputs for the
Renesas R-Car V4H (R8A779G0) SoC from Linux next
commit 058f4df42121 ("Add linux-next specific files for 20230228")
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Tho Vu <tho.vu.wh@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Update to linux next 20230228 state]
Add board code for R8A779F0 S4 Spider board.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Synchronize configuration symbols which are now switched to Kconfig
Mallocate gd->bd->bi_boot_params, i.e. drop the assignment
Sort headers, use clrbits_le32(), use BIT macros where appropriate
Use CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ for counter frequency instead of custom macro]
Add DTs for R8A779F0 S4 Spider CPU boards and Breakout boards.
Based on Linux next 20230228 DTs up to
commit 058f4df42121 ("Add linux-next specific files for 20230228")
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Sync with Linux next 20230228, update commit message]
Add initial DT for R8A779F0 S4 SoC. Based on Linux next
commit 058f4df42121 ("Add linux-next specific files for 20230228")
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Sync with Linux next 20230228, update commit message]
Add pinctrl tables for R8A779F0 S4 SoC.
Based on Linux next 20230228 PFC tables tables up to
commit 058f4df42121 ("Add linux-next specific files for 20230228")
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: LUU HOAI <hoai.luu.ub@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Use RCAR_64 Kconfig, sync with Linux next 20230228]
Add clock tables for R8A779F0 S4 SoC
Based on Linux commit 24aaff6a6ce4 ("clk: renesas: cpg-mssr: Add support
for R-Car S4-8") by Yoshihiro Shimoda and sync the tables up to Linux next
commit 058f4df42121 ("Add linux-next specific files for 20230228")
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Sync with Linux next 20230228 . Update from CLK to CPG core driver]
Update R-Car Gen4 support in Gen3 clock driver. This patch renames the
V3U clock parts to Gen4 and extends them by new PLL2, PLL3, PLL4, PLL6
as well as SDSRC clock which use undocumented bits so far, and RPCSRC
clock which uses its own more capable divider table. The Gen4 module
standby and reset tables are also updated.
This patch makes use of union to alias Gen3 and more extensive Gen4
PLL tables, as the driver cannot ever be instantiated on hardware
that would identify itself as both Gen3 and Gen4.
The V3U clock driver is updated to match Gen4 clock driver behavior,
it is augmented with a more extensive PLL table and a valid MODEMR
register offset.
This supersedes "clk: renesas: Introduce R-Car Gen4 CPG driver"
from Hai Pham as the R-Car Gen3 and Gen4 clock core drivers are
extremely similar. That implementation was in turn based on Linux
commit 470e3f0d0b15 ("clk: renesas: rcar-gen4: Introduce R-Car Gen4 CPG driver")
by Yoshihiro Shimoda .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Instead of #if and #ifdef, use IS_ENABLED and CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macros.
This improves build test coverage. The CONFIG_SPL_BUILD must remain an
ifdef, as CONFIG_SPL_STACK may not always be defined, e.g. in U-Boot
proper build. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The 64bit limitation check is compiled and optimized out on 32bit
platforms, but generates a type width warning:
drivers/mmc/tmio-common.c: In function ‘tmio_sd_addr_is_dmaable’:
drivers/mmc/tmio-common.c:376:26: warning: right shift count >= width of type [-Wshift-count-overflow]
376 | if (addr >> 32)
| ^~
Fix the warning by checking the addr type width to see whether the
shift even makes sense in the first place. The width check is also
optimized out at compile time.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add support for R-Car Gen4 SoCs into the driver.
While I2C on R-Car Gen4 does support some extra features (Slave Clock
Stretch Select), for now it is treated the same as I2C on R-Car Gen3,
which let us share the same driver.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org> # Use RCAR_64 Kconfig
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
- Make use of the semi-formal "fallthrough" mechanism, update env tools
to use /run for lockfile, add 2048 game (as a way to test console
changes), update some CONFIG option logic in Kconfig, have lmb command
show regions in use, remove some duplicate serial code, add
__gnu_thumb1_case_si code and fix m68k custodian email address.
This adds R-Car Generation 4 (Gen4) support as Renesas ARM64 SoC.
In this version, reusing R-Car Gen3 lowlevel initialize routine [1]
and R-Car Gen3 memory map tables [2] .
[1] arch/arm/mach-rmobile/lowlevel_init_gen3.S
[2] arch/arm/mach-rmobile/memmap-gen3.c
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: - Enable DTO support by default
- Sort the Kconfig lists
- Select RCAR_64 Kconfig option to pull in all the shared
Kconfig options with Gen3, and use where applicable to
deduplicate entries.
- Fix reference [2] typo in commit message
- Drop config options moved to Kconfig, rename rest to CFG_
accordingly to synchronize with upstream changes. Drop
removed CONFIG_VERY_BIG_RAM.
- Move board size limit to arch/Kconfig
- Move GICR_BASE to headers instead of common config]
Add two new callbacks matching the Linux ones. The .set_mode is used to set
PHY mode and submode, where mode is either USB, Ethernet, and so on, while
submode is e.g. for Ethernet case RGMII, RMII, and so on. The .set_speed is
used to configure link speed into the PHY. Unlike the existing configure
callback, which is used to pass arbitrary custom information to the PHY,
these two callbacks are used to pass standardized set of information to
the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Insert missing space in front of asterisk to avoid checkpatch warning.
Replace 'beeing' with 'being' as well, to fix another checkpatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
In case PHY is not enabled, the generic_phy_configure() implementation is
missing. Add an empty one so that the list of empty functions is complete.
Fixes: f8da8a82c5 ("generic-phy: add configure op")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Pull Marvell 10G PHY driver from Linux 6.1.y as of commit
d6d29292640d3 ("net: phy: marvell10g: select host interface configuration")
and heavily adapt to match U-Boot PHY framework. Support for
hwmon is removed as is much other functionality which could
not be tested, this results in much simpler driver which can
only bring the PHY up and set MAC type.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add MDIO PCS 2.5G and 5G speed macros from Linux 5.1.y as of commit
7fd8afa8933a0 ("net: phy: Add generic support for 2.5GBaseT and 5GBaseT")
This is used by the upcoming Marvell 10G PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add phy_read_mmd_poll_timeout() from Linux 5.7.y as of commit
bd971ff0b7392 ("net: phy: introduce phy_read_mmd_poll_timeout macro")
This is used by the upcoming Marvell 10G PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add phy_modify_mmd()/phy_modify_mmd_changed() from Linux 5.1.y as of commit
b8554d4f7288f ("net: phy: add register modifying helpers returning 1 on change")
This is used by the upcoming Marvell 10G PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Import marvell_phy.h from Linux 5.14.y as of commit
a5de4be0aaaa6 ("net: phy: marvell10g: fix differentiation of 88X3310 from 88X3340")
and use it in marvell PHY driver instead of current ad-hoc macros.
Two of the PHY IDs are unknown to Linux, 88E1149S and 88E1680, for
those two, only sync the length of the hexadecimal number to 8 digits.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Synchronize PHY interface modes with Linux next 6.2.y commit:
0194b64578e90 ("net: phy: improve phy_read_poll_timeout")
Retain LX2160A/LX2162A PHY modes as those are not yet supported
by the Linux kernel, but isolate those with ifdeffery.
Isolate NCSI which are also not supported by Linux kernel. Note
that the ifdeffery cannot be avoided with IS_ENABLED() here due
to compilation of the entire conditional, which would fail in
case NCSI symbols are not available.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Replace PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_SFI with PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_5GBASER,
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_10GBASER and PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_XAUI to match
Linux PHY interface modes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This mode does not seem to be well defined and used anywhere, remove support for it.
Based on discussion:
- 1000baseX does c37 AN of duplex+pause
- SGMII does AN of duplex+pause+speed, at lower speed bytes are repeated 10x/100x
- 2500baseX does not do AN, or does very different c73 AN
- SGMII 2500 behavior is unclear
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The phy_init() is now used only to perform manual relocation of PHY
driver callbacks. Wrap it in ifdeffery and only call it on systems
which still require manual relocation, i.e. m68k .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Wrap phy_drv_reloc() back into phy_init() to reduce ifdeffery,
since phy_drv_reloc() is now called only from one call site.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
The static phy_drivers list is superseded by linker list of struct phy_drivers
now that all drivers have been converted to the later. Drop the phy_drivers
list as well as list_head from struct phy_driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
This particular PHY driver is slightly more spread out across additional
source files. Since the phy_register() calls are no longer necessary, all
the registration calls across those source files is dropped. Furthermore,
the Makefile can now be updated to only compile generic TI PHY support if
matching Kconfig symbol is enabled and the ifdeffery in the generic TI PHY
driver can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Convert PHY driver to U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro and drop phy_register() init call.
Converted using sed
"s@^static struct phy_driver \(.*\)_driver = \+{@U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER(\L\1) = {"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Introduce U_BOOT_PHY_DRIVER() macro which is used to add struct phy_driver
into a new linker list section containing all compiled in struct phy_driver
drivers. This is so far empty until PHY drivers are converted over to this
macro.
Iterate over both drivers registered using soon to be legacy phy_register()
as well as drivers in the new linker list when looking up a suitable PHY
driver. This way, PHY drivers can be converted over to the new macro one
driver at a time.
The relocation of callbacks for linker list based drivers now happens in
phy_init() call as the drivers are available at that point in time, and
phy_register() is not called for those drivers.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Create separate function to implement manual relocation of PHY driver
functions and make use of that function. This is a preparatory patch
for introduction of PHY driver definition using linker lists.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
These struct phy_driver ... instances are local to this source code
file, staticize them. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
These struct phy_driver ... instances are local to this source code
file, staticize them. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
These struct phy_driver ... instances are local to this source code
file, staticize them. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> #microblaze (MANUAL_RELOC)
Add the 2048 game, a good demo of ANSI sequences and a way to waste a
little time.
Bring it it from Barebox, modified for code style.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Compiling with CONFIG_CMD_SCSI=y, CONFIG_SCSI results in
cmd/scsi.c:46: undefined reference to `scsi_scan'
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Building with CONFIG_AHCI_PCI=y and CONFIG_SCSI_AHCI=n leads to
drivers/ata/ahci-pci.o: in function `ahci_pci_probe':
drivers/ata/ahci-pci.c:21: undefined reference to `ahci_probe_scsi_pci'
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Freescale ESPI driver (CONFIG_FSL_ESPI) relies to the MPC85xx platform
(PowerPC) through arch/powerpc/include/asm/immap_85xx.h. The driver can't
compile on another architecture/platform.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Guillevic <corentin.guillevic@smile.fr>
gcc does not understand /* FALL TROUGH */ and emits a warning:
cmd/date.c: In function ‘do_date’:
cmd/date.c:62:20: warning:
this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
62 | if (strcmp(argv[1],"reset") == 0) {
| ^
cmd/date.c:102:9: note: here
102 | case 1: /* get date & time */
| ^~~~
Use the fallthrough macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a case statement intentionally falls through we should add a comment.
Cf. -Wimplicit-fallthrough
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When building with -Wimplicit-fallthrough we get a warning
tools/fdt_add_pubkey.c:52:25: warning:
this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
52 | print_help();
|
Explicitly declare which functions don't return.
Fixes: 30238e9961 ("tools: add fdt_add_pubkey")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
According this issue https://github.com/ppp-project/ppp/issues/339.
Eventually, the dt-utils changed lock directory to fix missing /var/lock
directory error then make dt-utils can run normally.
We also have a similar issue with these two utilities fw_printenv and
fw_setenv will failed when the directory /var/lock is non-existent.
We have a custom linux distribution built with yocto (OpenBMC) that
use systemd and it deprecated the /var/lock directory.
More discussion in systemd/systemd#15668.
Thus, we sync with community's solution for uboot/tools/env utilities:
The current location /var/lock is considered legacy (at least by systemd).
Just use /run to store the lockfile and append the usual .lock suffix.
Tested:
Verified /run/lock is now present and fw_printenv can work in OpenBMC.
Signed-off-by: Tim Lee <timlee660101@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Remove test on CONFIG_LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS introduced by commit
7c1860fce4 ("lmb: Fix lmb property's defination under struct lmb").
This code in lmb_init() is strange, because if CONFIG_LMB_USE_MAX_REGIONS
and CONFIG_LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS are not defined, the implicit #else is empty
and the required initialization is not done:
lmb->memory.max = ?
lmb->reserved.max = ?
But this setting is not possible:
- CONFIG_LMB_USE_MAX_REGIONS not defined
- CONFIG_LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS not defined
because CONFIG_LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS and CONFIG_LMB_RESERVED_REGIONS are
defined as soon as the CONFIG_LMB_USE_MAX_REGIONS is not defined.
This patch removes this impossible case #elif and I add some
explanation in lmb.h to explain why in the struct lmb {} the lmb
property is defined if CONFIG_LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS is NOT defined.
This patch also removes CONFIG_LMB_XXX dependency on CONFIG_LMB as these
defines are used in API file lmb.h and not only in library file.
Fixes: 5e2548c1d6 ("lmb: Fix LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS flag usage")
Reported-by: Mark Millard <marklmi@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
On mpc832x, SPI can be either handled by CPU or QE.
In order to work in CPU mode, bit 17 of SPMODE has to
be set to 1, that bit is called OP.
Also, data is located at a different place than the one expected
by the driver today. In 8 bits mode with REV set, data to be
transmitted is located in the most significant byte while
received data is located in second byte. So perform the
necessary shifts.
In order to differentiate with other CPUs, a new compatible is
added for mpc832x: fsl,mpc832x-spi
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
The mpc832x has GPIOs handled by the QUICC Engine.
The registers are different from the one for the
non QE mpc83xx GPIOs.
Implement a GPIO driver for those.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
gd->arch.sdhc_clk only exists when CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC is set,
so enclose it inside ifdefs.
gd->arch.qe_clk and gd->arch.brg_clk must be populated when
CONFIG_QE is set.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
At startup, some RAM is needed (for instance for stack) before
DRAM is initialised.
One way to offer such RAM, used by mpc83xx, is to lock some entries
in the cache. To do that, MMU needs to be activated.
On mpc83xx having a QUICC Engine an alternative is to user some
part of from the Multi User RAM, like done on mpc8xx for instance.
For that, the MMU is not needed.
Activating the MMU is problematic because exception vectors are not
setup yet so in case of ISI or DSI that CPU will crash and reboot.
At the time being, MMU is activated regardless.
Only activate it when locking cache entries to provide initial RAM.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
There are helpers included in soc.h
Declare them static inline so that soc.h can be
included in several places.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
According to the reference manual, the Reset Configuration
Word Low Register bits 2-3 must be set to 0b10.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Introduce a new compatible "fsl,pq2pro-wdt"
On mpc83xx, the prescaling factor is 0x10000.
Don't write the watchdog configuration register in
start.S as it can be written only once.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
mpc8xx, mpc83xx and mpc86xx have similar watchdog with almost same
memory registers.
Refactor the driver to get the register addresses from the
device tree and use the compatible to know the prescale factor.
Calculate the watchdog setup value from the provided timeout.
Don't declare it anymore as an HW_WATCHDOG, u-boot will start
servicing the watchdog early enough.
On mpc8xx the watchdog configuration register is also used for
configuring the bus monitor. So add it as an option to the watchdog
when it is mpc8xx. When watchdog is not selected, leave the
configuration of the initial SYPCR from Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
To quote the author:
Block maps are a way of looking at various sources of data through the
lens of a regular block device. It lets you treat devices that are not
block devices, like RAM, as if they were. It also lets you export a
slice of an existing block device, which does not have to correspond to
a partition boundary, as a new block device.
This is primarily useful because U-Boot's filesystem drivers only
operate on block devices, so a block map lets you access filesystems
wherever they might be located.
The implementation is loosely modeled on Linux's "Device Mapper"
subsystem, see the kernel documentation [1] for more information.
The primary use-cases are to access filesystem images stored in RAM, and
within FIT images stored on disk. See doc/usage/blkmap.rst for more
details.
The architecture is pluggable, so adding other types of mappings should
be quite easy.
[1]: https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/device-mapper/index.html
mpc8xx, mpc83xx and mpc86xx have similar watchdog with almost same
memory registers.
Rename it mpc8xxx which is the generic name used for drivers supporting
several mpc families.
The driver will be made more generic in following patch.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
8xx has CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ which is similar to
CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ, and doesn't set CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ.
Due to that, get_board_sys_clk() returns 0.
Remove CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ and use CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ instead.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Create a distinct EFI device path for each blkmap device.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Explain block maps by going through two common use-cases.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Verify that:
- Block maps can be created and destroyed
- Mappings aren't allowed to overlap
- Multiple mappings can be attached and be read/written from/to
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a frontend for the blkmap subsystem. In addition to the common
block device operations, this allows users to create and destroy
devices, and map in memory and slices of other block devices.
With that we support two primary use-cases:
- Being able to "distro boot" from a RAM disk. I.e., from an image
where the kernel is stored in /boot of some filesystem supported
by U-Boot.
- Accessing filesystems not located on exact partition boundaries,
e.g. when a filesystem image is wrapped in an FIT image and stored
in a disk partition.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow a slice of an existing block device to be mapped to a
blkmap. This means that filesystems that are not stored at exact
partition boundaries can be accessed by remapping a slice of the
existing device to a blkmap device.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow a slice of RAM to be mapped to a blkmap. This means that RAM can
now be accessed as if it was a block device, meaning that existing
filesystem drivers can now be used to access ramdisks.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
blkmaps are loosely modeled on Linux's device mapper subsystem. The
basic idea is that you can create virtual block devices whose blocks
can be backed by a plethora of sources that are user configurable.
This change just adds the basic infrastructure for creating and
removing blkmap devices. Subsequent changes will extend this to add
support for actual mappings.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Ensure that the memory destination/source addresses of block
read/write operations are mapped in before access. Currently, this is
only needed on sandbox builds.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the script loading code to recognize when script data is stored
externally from the FIT metadata (i.e., built with `mkimage -E`).
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
mkbootimg tool is part of the Android project and it is
used to pack Android boot images such as boot image
and vendor_boot image.
Use the following command to run mkbootimg:
$ python3 -m mkbootimg
Add mkbootimg to the docker file
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
test_abootimg is extended to include the testing of boot images
version 4. For this, boot.img and vendor_boot.img have been
generated using mkbootimg tool with setting the header
version to 4.
This tests:
- Getting the header version using abootimg
- Extracting the load address of the dtb
- Extracting the dtb start address in RAM
Running test:
$ ./test/py/test.py --bd sandbox --build -k test_abootimg
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Enable the support for boot image header version 3 and 4
using abootimg command.
In order to use version 3 or 4:
1- Vendor boot image address should be given to abootimg cmd.
abootimg addr $1 $vendor_boot_load_addr
2- "ramdisk_addr_r" env variable (ramdisk address) should be set to host
the ramdisk : generic ramdisk + vendor ramdisk
Replace "struct andr_boot_img_hdr_v0*" by "void *" in
some functions since v3 and v4 are now supported as well.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
With vendor boot image introduced in version 3 and 4 of boot
image header, boot information is located in both boot image
and vendor boot image.
Flashing zImage is not supported for version 3 and 4 since this
requires updating vendor boot image and/or generating a new image.
Print an error message when the boot image header version is
greater than 2.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Add support for boot image version 3 and 4 in
android_image_get_dtb_img_addr().
Since the dtb is now included in vendor_boot image
instead of boot image, extract the dtb address from
vendor_boot image when a v3 or v4 is used.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
In version 3 and 4 of boot image header, the vendor specific
command line are located in vendor boot image. Thus, use
extra command line to add those cmd to bootargs.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Version 3 and 4 of boot image header introduced
vendor boot ramdisk: Please check include/android_image.h
for details.
The ramdisk is now split into a generic ramdisk in boot image
and a vendor ramdisk in vendor boot image.
Support the new vendor ramdisk.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Since boot image header version 3 and 4 introduced vendor boot image,
use the following functions to fill the generic android
structure : andr_image_data:
- android_boot_image_v3_v4_parse_hdr()
- android_vendor_boot_image_v3_v4_parse_hdr()
Update android_image_get_data() to support v3 and v4
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Introduce vendor boot image for version 3 and 4 of boot image header.
The vendor boot image will hold extra information about kernel, dtb
and ramdisk.
This is done to prepare for boot image version 3 and 4 support.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
android_image_get_dtbo() is used to get recovery DTBO via abootimg cmd.
This is not supported in boot image header v3 and v4. Thus, print an
error message when v1,v2 header version are not used.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Content print is not supported for version 3 and 4 of boot image header.
Thus, only print that content when v2 is used.
Update android_print_contents() to print an error message
when trying to print boot image header version 3 or 4 content.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Move from andr_boot_img_hdr_v0 to andr_image_data
structure to prepare for boot image header
version 3 and 4.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
andr_image_data structure is used as a global representation of
boot image header structure. Introduce this new structure to
support all boot header versions : v0,v1.v2.v3.v4 and to support
v3 and v4 while maitaining support for v0,v1,v2.
The need of using andr_image_data comes from the change of header
structure in both version 3 and 4.
Rework android_image_get_kcomp() to support this new struct.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
With the new vendor boot image introduced in versions 3 and 4
of boot image header, the header check must be done for both boot
image and vendor boot image. Thus, replace android_image_check_header()
by is_android_boot_image_header() to only refer to boot image header check.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Android introduced boot header version 3 or 4.
The header structure change with version 3 and 4 to support
the new updates such as:
- Introducing Vendor boot image: with a vendor ramdisk
- Bootconfig feature (v4)
Change andr_img_hdr struct name to maintain support for version v0,
v1 and v2 while introducing version 3 and 4.
Signed-off-by: Safae Ouajih <souajih@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
- Update our CI to use clang-16 for tests. This also changes slightly
how we do linker lists so that we don't rely on undefined behavior
that lead to clang-15 and later failing to work (and in some cases
seemingly, earlier versions of clang would sometimes fail).
As this is now the stable release, move to using that now for our tests.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Per the GCC bug listed below, the way we do linker lists is relying on
undefined behavior that seems to work in gcc, but doesn't always work in
clang. Andrew suggests rewriting our start/end macros in a different way
(as implemented here, from what he said in comment 1) to avoid these
problems.
Reported-by: AdityaK <appujee@google.com>
Suggested-by: Andrew Pinski <apinski@marvell.com>
Link: https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=108915
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Pinski <apinski@marvell.com>
In order to prepare for slight size growth due to reworking linker list
support, enable LTO here to save more space again.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Given the number of jobs in CI we have which use python and pip install
packages, we should do this once in the Dockerfile, in order to populate
the cache. We let each job continue to create and use the virtual
environments they need to facilitate making updates to these
environments easier.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to better make use of pip caches, and also for better overall
consistency, we should use the same versions of packages in each of our
python requirements files. Update pytest to use the newer versions of
packages we use in sphinx builds.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no need for the board file to instantiate a PL01X platform
device anymore. This is all taken care of by the DM code which now will
probe the device based on the DT node.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tag the serial nodes with bootph-all in order to have these nodes and
the drivers available before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Sync the serial nodes of the LX2160A based boards with their
representation in Linux. We also imported the clockgen and sysclk nodes
which are dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move the serial nodes under the soc node. No changes are made to the
nodes, just their location is changed.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The u-boot dts for these boards do not have an soc node, unlike its
Linux counterpart. This patch just adds the soc node as seen in Linux,
the next patches will move some nodes under it.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Now that the DT nodes for the serial devices are in place for these
boards, enable DM_SERIAL in the associated configs.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tag the serial nodes with bootph-all in order to have these nodes and
the drivers available before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Sync the serial nodes of the LS1088A based boards with their
representation in Linux. We also imported the clockgen and sysclk nodes
which are dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move the serial nodes under the soc node. No changes are made to the
nodes, just their location is changed.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The u-boot dts for these boards do not have an soc node, unlike its
Linux counterpart. This patch just adds the soc node as seen in Linux,
the next patches will move some nodes under it.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since the device trees are more or less synchronized with Linux, the
only necessary changes are to enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL and the DM_SERIAL
driver for ns16550 (ns16550.c rather than serial_ns16550.c).
ls1028aqds_tfa_lpuart_defconfig already uses DM_SERIAL for the LPUART
driver, so I didn't touch that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Beacon Embedded has an i.MX8M Plus development kit which consists
of a SOM + baseboard. The SOM includes Bluetooth, WiFi, QSPI, eMMC,
and one Ethernet PHY. The baseboard includes audio, HDMI, USB-C Dual
Role port, USB Hub with five ports, a PCIe slot, and a second Ethernet
PHY. The device trees are already queued for inclusion in Linux 6.3.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for Data Modul i.MX8M Plus eDM SBC board. This is an
evaluation board for various custom display units. Currently
supported are serial console, ethernet, eMMC, SD, SPI NOR, USB.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add WDT reboot bindings on DH i.MX6 DHSOM to permit the platform
to reboot via WDT in U-Boot. These are custom U-Boot bindings,
hence they are placed in -u-boot.dtsi .
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Deduplicate similar DDRC configurations and LPDDR4 training patterns
by patching a single configuration.
The aim is to reduce the SPL memory footprint and simplify maintenance
of lpddr4_timing.c
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Update LPDDR4 configuration and training using updated spreadsheet and
tools from NXP using data from previous spreadsheet and verified
toward datasheet:
- MX8M_Plus_LPDDR4_RPA_v9.xlsx
- mscale_ddr_tool_v3.30.exe
From:
https://community.nxp.com/t5/i-MX-Processors-Knowledge-Base/i-MX-8M-Family-DDR-Tool-Release/ta-p/1104467
Some register values differ due to these fixes/modifications:
- corrected calculation of T_CKPDX parameter (equal to tCKCKEH for LPDDR4)
- corrected ECC related items, none of which affect normal operation
when ECC is not enabled
- corrected formula for calculation of tRTP in cell D122
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Change tRFCmin (tRFCab) from 280 ns to 380 ns to be compliant with
current and futures memories.
Fixes: 2bc2f817ce ("board: toradex: add verdin imx8m plus support")
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Add support to Verdin IMX8MP V1.1B SKU which uses
MT53E1G32D2FW-046 WT:B memory.
Compared to the 8 GB memory (MT53E2G32D4NQ-046 WT:A) used on
Verdin IMX8MP V1.0A it has 16 row addresses instead of 17.
In fact, the new memory, is a 2 GB/rank memory. The 8 GB memory is a
4 GB/rank memory.
Manually tweaking Host Interface addresses vs LPDDR4 signals mapping it
is possible to have a single configuration working with both memories:
- Old configuration: HIF bit 30 -> rank, HIF bit 29 -> Row 16
- New configuration: HIF bit 29 -> rank, HIF bit 30 -> Row 16
With this change the memory space from the host processor is contiguous
for both the configurations and the correct memory size is computed
using get_ram_size() at runtime.
Support for single rank memories still works thanks to the fact
dual ranks training fails (ddr_init->ddr_cfg_phy) toward single rank
memories.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
U-Boot can be booted from NAND without SPL by prepending the DCD header to
the actual U-Boot binary. However this requires prepending 1024 bytes to
u-boot.imx (DCD + u-boot.bin).
There is already a similar target to build spl/u-boot-nand-spl.imx, add the
same option for no-SPL boot.
Tested on i.MX6ULL.
The resulting layout of u-boot-nand.imx is:
- Offset 0x0000 (0 KiB): padding
- Offset 0x0400 (1 KiB): DCD header
- Offset 0x1000 (4 KiB): u-boot.bin
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca.ceresoli@bootlin.com>
Enable SDP protocol support in SPL for DH i.MX6 DHSOM, now that those
components fit into the SPL due to LTO.
To start U-Boot via SDP upload on i.MX6 DHSOM based board, proceed as follows:
- Compile imx_usb [1] .
- Power off the i.MX6 DHSOM based board.
- Connect both USB-serial console and USB-OTG miniB ports to host PC.
- Switch board to USB boot mode.
- Power on the board.
- Verify using '$ dmesg' that a new device has been detected as follows:
New USB device found, idVendor=15a2, idProduct=0054, bcdDevice= 0.01
New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=0
Product: SE Blank ARIK
Manufacturer: Freescale SemiConductor Inc
- Upload U-Boot SPL:
$ imx_usb u-boot-with-spl.imx
- Wait for SPL to come up, the following print ought to be the last on
UART console:
SDP: handle requests...
- Upload U-Boot proper:
$ imx_usb u-boot.img
[1] https://github.com/boundarydevices/imx_usb_loader.git
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The spl_board_prepare_for_boot() should be called before jump_to_image_no_args()
to perform board-specific deinitialization before jumping to the next stage.
This board-specific deinitialization can be very much anything, e.g. disable
dcache in case it was enabled, or such.
Add the missing spl_board_prepare_for_boot() call into f_sdp .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
At present this inadvertently relies on having a symlink to the correct
file from the current directory. Use the correct path to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The image size was increased but the firmware-update part was not
updated. Correct this so that VBE firmware update can succeed with
sandbox_vpl.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 85c66dc95c ("sandbox: Expand size for VPL image")
The input provided to sgdisk is in fact aimed for sfdisk. The use of
sgdisk and sfdisk, coming from different projects, is not the same.
So, this commit translates the sfdisk-formatted input into
sgdisk-compatible options. Partitions are not modified.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Guillevic <corentin.guillevic@smile.fr>
64597346 "fdt: Add -q option to fdt addr for distro_bootcmd" introduced
the -q option for fdt addr, which sets the current working fdt address
without printing any output.
baf41410 "fdt: Show a message when the working FDT changes" made the
utility function set_working_fdt_addr (in cmd/fdt.c) output a message
on each invocation, even if called via fdt addr -q, in which case its
output is now slightly noisier.
To fix this, split out set_working_fdt_addr into set_working_fdt_addr
plus the static function set_working_fdt_addr_quiet.
set_working_fdt_addr_quiet can be called by "quiet" fdt cmd logic and
set_working_fdt_addr is exported (as before) to other boot logic. The
latter calls the former.
Remove the assertion from the fdt addr test case when calling with the
-q argument.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes a multi-element array is used for "gpio-ranges" property in
dts file:
qe_pio_e: gpio-controller@1460 {
......
gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl1 0 20 10>, <&pinctrl2 10 50 20>;
......
};
But the function pinctrl_gpio_get_pinctrl_and_offset can't handle this
case because the "index" argument passed to dev_read_phandle_with_args
is fixed to be "0". Use a loop to traverse the array to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Quanyang Wang <quanyang.wang@windriver.com>
The 'fdt get addr' and 'env get size' is always assumed to be hex
value, drop the prefix, and outright switch to env_set_hex(). Since
this might break existing users who depend on the existing behavior
with 0x prefix, this is a separate patch.
Revert if this breaks anything.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add test_fdt_add_pubkey test which provides simple functionality test
which contains such steps:
create DTB and FIT files
add keys with fdt_add_pubkey to DTB
sign FIT image
check with fit_check_sign that keys properly added to DTB file
Signed-off-by: Roman Kopytin <Roman.Kopytin@kaspersky.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <fr0st61te@gmail.com>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
u-boot-imx-next-20230331 for next
---------------------------------
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/15819
i.MX patches queued for next:
- Conversions to DM_SERIAL
- Fixes for Toradex boards
- Gateworks Boards
- i.MX8ULP
- EQoS support / fixes, changes in boards
Ensure that a freshly written fat file with a lower case filename which
fits into the upper case 8.3 short filename is not mangeled with a tilde
and number.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Remove need of dts binding for button keyboard since it reuses
gpio-keys binding. Select gpio-keys driver if button keyboard
is selected since button keyboard can not operate on its own.
Tested-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # HTC One X T30
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch introduses config which allows interrupt run of usb
mass storage with any key. This is especially useful on devices
with limited input capabilities like tablets and smatphones which
have only gpio keys in direct access.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix warnings after adding printf-like attribute format for
run_commandf():
warning: too many arguments for format [-Wformat-extra-args]
Signed-off-by: Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@sberdevices.ru>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix warnings both for 32bit and 64bit architecture after adding
printf-like attribute format for run_commandf():
warning: format ‘%x’ expects argument of type ‘unsigned int’, but
argument 2 has type ‘ulong {aka long unsigned int}’ [-Wformat=]
ret = run_commandf("fdt addr -c %08x", addr);
^
Signed-off-by: Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@sberdevices.ru>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Fixup testcases added since patch was posted]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As run_commandf() is variadic version of run_command() and just a wrapper,
hence apply similar run_command's test-cases.
Let's avoid warning about empty string passing:
warning: zero-length gnu_printf format string [-Wformat-zero-length]
assert(run_commandf("") == 0);
Signed-off-by: Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@sberdevices.ru>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* vsnprintf() can truncate cmd, hence it makes no sense to launch such
command (it's broken). Moreover, it's better to signalize to the caller
about such case (for facilitating debugging or bug hunting).
* Fix kernel-doc warnings:
include/command.h:264: info: Scanning doc for run_commandf
include/command.h:268: warning: contents before sections
include/command.h:271: warning: No description found for return value
of 'run_commandf'
* Add printf-like format attribute to validate at compile-time the format
string against parameters's type.
* Fix compilation error in case of -Wall, -Werror, -Wextra:
error: variable ‘i’ set but not used [-Werror=unused-but-set-variable]
* Drop extra ret variable.
Signed-off-by: Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@sberdevices.ru>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adding support for Analog Devices MAX313XX series RTCs.
This is ported from the Linux driver and adapted for use in u-boot.
Notable differences are
- handling of tm_year and tm_mon differ
- clock source support is omitted
- hwmon support for the MAX31328 and MAX31343 is omitted
- rtc_ops->reset is added
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The find_closest() macro can be used to find an element in a sorted
array that is closest to an input value. Bring in this macro from
Linux v6.3-rc1-2-g8ca09d5fa354.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reduce the duplicated code slightly by using a helper function to handle
the common code.
This reduces the code size very slightly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The API is more convenient to use if one doesn't have to know upfront
which gpio controller has a line with the name one is searching for,
and arrange to look that device up somehow. Or implement this loop
oneself.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These operations are required by dm_rtc_read and
dm_bootcount_get helpers.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Perrot <thomas.perrot@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The deletion process handles special case for symlinks whose target are
small enough that it fits in struct ext2_inode.b.symlink. So no block had
been allocated. But the check of file type wrongly considered regular
files as symlink. So, no block was freed. So, the EXT4 partition could be
corrupted because of no free block available.
Signed-off-by: Corentin GUILLEVIC <corentin.guillevic@smile.fr>
Do not mangle lower or mixed case filenames which fit into the upper
case 8.3 short filename. This ensures FAT standard compatible short
filenames (SFN) to support systems without long filename (LFN) support
like boot roms (ex. SFN BOOT.BIN instead of BOOT~1.BIN for LFN
boot.bin).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Adds a test for the new pci_mps command to ensure that it can set the
Maximum Payload Size (MPS) of all devices to 256 bytes in the sandbox
environment. Enables the pci_mps command in the sandbox environment so
that this test can be run.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
Reports the sandbox swapcase PCI Express device to support a 256 byte
Maximum Payload Size for MPS tuning tests.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable tuning of the PCI Express MPS (Maximum Payload Size) of
each device. The Maximum Read Request Size is not altered.
The SAFE method uses the largest MPS value supported by all devices in the
system for each device. This method is the same algorithm as used by Linux
pci=pcie_bus_safe.
The PEER2PEER method sets all devices to the minimal (128 byte) MPS, which
allows hot plug of devices later that might only support the minimum size,
and ensures compatibility of DMA between two devices on the bus.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
There can certainly be a lot more elements in the "revisions" (and
"names") arrays than there are gpios used to form the trinary number
we're searching for; we simply don't know the array size up-front.
Nor do we need to, because the loop body already knows to recognize
-EOVERFLOW as "not that many elements present" (and we have a test
that specifically ensures that dev_read_u32_index() returns exactly
that). So just drop the i < priv->gpio_num condition.
While in here, fix the weird placement of the default: keyword.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Instead of calling env_get(from) up to three times, just do it once,
computing the value we will put into 'to' and error out if that is
NULL (i.e. no 'from' variable and no default provided).
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Kconfig settings that are related to the API for standalone applications
should be in the API sub-menu and not on the top level.
CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR is only relevant if standalone example
applications are built.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
In case fitImage support is disabled, and image_locate_script() is
passed a fitImage, then the 'data' variable is used uninitialized.
Drop into the default: branch of the switch-case statement and do
not return the uninitialized data, and do not modify the return
pointer either, just print an error message.
Reported by clang build:
"
$ make HOSTCC=clang CC=clang KCFLAGS=-Werror sandbox64_defconfig && make HOSTCC=clang CC=clang KCFLAGS=-Werror
...
boot/image-board.c:1006:7: error: variable 'data' is used uninitialized whenever switch case is taken [-Werror,-Wsometimes-uninitialized]
case IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY:
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/image.h:608:29: note: expanded from macro 'IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY'
^~~~
boot/image-board.c:1128:19: note: uninitialized use occurs here
*datap = (char *)data;
^~~~
boot/image-board.c:1001:11: note: initialize the variable 'data' to silence this warning
u32 *data;
^
= NULL
"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The FEC interface mode is now configured in common board_interface_eth_init()
and called by FEC MAC driver when appropriate. Drop the board side duplicates
if the same functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The EQoS interface mode is now configured in common board_interface_eth_init()
and called by EQoS MAC driver when appropriate. Drop the board side duplicates
if the same functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The assigned-clock no longer have to be dropped, the clock are now
defined in clk-imx8mp.c and used by DWMAC driver to configure the
DWMAC clock. Drop the workarounds from U-Boot specific DT extras.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Set, previously unset, CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x4000 whose
default value is 0x10000.
Early malloc() uses CRAM_S at 0x184000 (CFG_MALLOC_F_ADDR), this ram
area end at 0x188000.
Fixes: 2bc2f817ce ("board: toradex: add verdin imx8m plus support")
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
In order for i2c_num==4 and 5 to stay invalid for non-imx8mp SOCs, the
i2c_ccgr[] array must be sized by the number of initializers present,
not with a hard-coded 6 which would implicitly initialize the last two
elements with zeroes.
Also, the bounds check is off-by-one.
Fixes: c92c3a4453 "ARM: imx: imx8mp: Enable support for i2c5 and i2c6 on i.MX8MP"
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Implement common board_interface_eth_init() and call it from the FEC
driver to configure IOMUXC GPR[1] register according to the PHY mode
obtained from DT. This supports all three interface modes supported by
the i.MX8M Mini/Nano/Plus FEC and supersedes the current board-side
configuration of the same IOMUX GPR[1] duplicated in the board files.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The FEC ref clock frequency on i.MX8M Mini/Nano/Plus was so far configured
via ad-hoc board code. Replace that with DM clock clk_set_rate() instead.
This way, the driver claims all its required clock and sets the ref clock
rate, without any need of architecture specific register fiddling.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Implement common board_interface_eth_init() and call it from the DWMAC
driver to configure IOMUXC GPR[1] register according to the PHY mode
obtained from DT. This supports all three interface modes supported by
the i.MX8M Plus DWMAC and supersedes current board-side configuration
of the same IOMUX GPR[1] duplicated in the board files.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
With DM clock support in place, it is easy to add RMII support into the
MAC driver. The RMII cannot operate at 1000 Mbps and at 100 and 10 Mbps
the clock frequency is 50 MHz and 5 MHz instead of 25 MHz and 2.5 MHz.
The board DT requires the following adjustments to EQoS node:
phy-mode = "rmii";
assigned-clock-parents = <&clk IMX8MP_SYS_PLL1_266M>,
<&clk IMX8MP_SYS_PLL2_100M>,
<&clk IMX8MP_SYS_PLL2_50M>;
assigned-clock-rates = <0>, <100000000>, <50000000>;
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The DWMAC clock in i.MX8M Plus were so far configured via ad-hoc
architecture code. Replace that with DM clock instead. This way,
the driver claims all its required clock, enables and disables
them, and even gets the CSR clock rate and sets the TX clock rate,
without any need of architecture specific register fiddling. Drop
the architecture specific code while at it too.
The adjustment here is modeled after STM32MP15xx clock handling
in this driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The driver currently only waits for DMA_MODE SWR bit to clear itself.
This is insufficient e.g. on i.MX8M Plus, where the MAC must be reset
before IOMUX GPR[1] content is latched into the MAC and used. Without
the proper reset, the i.MX8M Plus MAC variant does not take the value
in IOMUX GPR[1] into account, which makes it impossible e.g. to switch
interface mode from RGMII to any other.
Since proper reset is desired in general to put the block into defined
state, always assert the DMA_MODE SWR bit before waiting for the bit
to clear itself.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function is only used within the driver, staticize it.
Fixes: 149e80f74b ("net: dwc_eth_qos: public some functions")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The dm_gpio_free() is never called, because for stm32, the phy_reset_gpio
pointer is never valid. This is because only tegra186 ever claims the
phy_reset_gpio, all other platforms use the PHY framework to reset the
PHY instead. Drop the dm_gpio_free() and dm_gpio_is_valid().
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The return is never triggered due to the goto just above it.
Drop it. No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Move the board_interface_eth_init() into common ethernet uclass code,
since this function could be shared by multiple drivers.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add clock for the DWMAC EQoS block. This is used among other things
to configure the MII clock via DM CLK.
Acked-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Move i.MX auxiliary core memory base and size configuration
to defconfig where it should belong.
Signed-off-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@toradex.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Colibri iMX8X:
- kernel_comp_addr_r=0xb0000000 temporary area for uncompressing (ie FIT
images or Image.gz booted using booti)
- kernel_comp_size=0x08000000
- loadaddr=0x95400000 avoiding any reserved areas located before that
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 128MB - allows for 128MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB - allows for 512KB fdt
- ramdisk_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB - allows for 512KB script
Idea of memory layout taken from commit a9f1e35bed
("apalis-imx8: update env memory layout").
Note that for our regular BSP Layers and Reference Images for Yocto
Project an updated distro boot script is required (see
meta-toradex-bsp-common/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot-distro-boot).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@toradex.com>
The following expression is used to construct the device tree name:
fdtfile=${soc}-colibri-${fdt_board}.dtb
- soc is set dynamically (either imx8qxp or imx8dx)
- fdt_board can be modified by the user (eval-v3, aster, iris/iris-v2)
Signed-off-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@toradex.com>
Remove obsolete SDHC related config defines. Nowadays, all SDHC related
hardware configuration comes from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@toradex.com>
This commit does remove the options argument from the console
kernel-argument as it prevents the serial driver from outputting
anything.
Do this by switchting to use the variable "setup" as it is done on other
Toradex modules.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@toradex.com>
All Colibri iMX8X variants have 2nd RGMII on SoC, so add the address
for 2nd ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@toradex.com>
Add support for DH electronics i.MX8M Plus DHCOM SoM on PDK3 carrier board.
Currently supported are serial console, EQoS and FEC ethernets, eMMC, SD,
SPI NOR and USB 3.0 host.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Since commit 1fa43cad86 ("video: Drop references to CONFIG_VIDEO et al")
the mx51evk_video.c is no longer used.
Remove the unused file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Since commit 1fa43cad86 ("video: Drop references to CONFIG_VIDEO et al")
the mx53loco_video.c is no longer used.
Remove the unused file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add mmc1, which is mapped to optional on-SoM microSD socket,
to the list of distro boot command boot devices.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL on DH i.MX6 DHSOM to convert it to DM serial .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Now that the gwventana_emmc_defconfig is the same as the
gwventana_gw5904_defconfig we can remove the latter.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The MV88E61XX switch is used on the GW5904 which is an eMMC based board.
Adding it here allows us to remove the gwventana_gw5904_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The ocotp driver is available for regular and SPL builds using the
(SPL_)MXC_OCOTP configuration. Also, the ocotp driver does not support
the driver model (DM) configuration.
But, for SPL builds, the SPL_MXC_OCOTP configuration depends on
SPL_MISC which implies on SPL_DM.
This commit replaces the dependency on SPL_MISC with SPL_DRIVERS_MISC.
So the only requirement is to have enabled miscellaneous drivers for
the SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Marie Lemetayer <j.lemetayer@kerlink.fr>
The PHY nodes may be activated via DTO in case another SoM variant
is populated into the development kit. Do not delete the nodes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The i.MX8MP DHCOM SoM may come with either external RGMII PHY or
LAN8740Ai RMII PHY on the SoM attached to FEC MAC. Add pin mux
settings for both options, so that DT overlay can override these
settings on SoM variant with the LAN8740Ai PHY.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The i.MX8MP DHCOM SoM may come with either KSZ9131RNXI RGMII PHY
or LAN8740Ai RMII PHY on the SoM attached to EQoS MAC. Add pin
mux settings for both options, so that DT overlay can override
these settings on SoM variant with the LAN8740Ai PHY.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The current variant of the SoM has LAN8740Ai PHY connected to EQoS
strapped to MDIO address 0 , adjust the MDIO address to match the
hardware.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The i.MX8MP DHCOM SoM may be populated with either KSZ9131RNXI RGMII PHY
or LAN8740Ai RMII PHY attached to EQoS MAC, and either external RGMII PHY
or LAN8740Ai RMII PHY attached to FEC MAC. The SoM configuration can be
detected for each MAC by reading RX_CTL pull resistor state early on boot.
Make use of this, detect the exact PHY configuration, and patch control DT
accordingly so that the ethernet is configured correctly in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The DH electronics i.MX8M Plus DHCOM SoM currently supports only 4 GiB
of DRAM population option. Add another population option with 2 GiB of
DRAM. The chips used on the 2 GiB option are 2x K4F6E3S4HM-MGCJ .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Enable LTO to reduce the size of SPL, which with multiple DRAM
calibration tables may be close to the limit.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Make sure that the bad block table in flash is used on Colibri iMX7.
Without this configuration enabled U-Boot corrupts the bad block table
and Linux will update the table on each reboot. The corruption occurs
because if CONFIG_SYS_NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT is not set, U-boot will store
bad blocks out of band, while the Linux driver for the iMX7 will store
them in band in a bad block table.
Fixes: fd8c1fc943 ("arm: dts: imx7: colibri: add raw NAND support")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
This allows to merge BOOT_FROM_MMC and BOOT_FROM_MMC_ALT constants to one
macro. And also allows to extend other BOOT_FROM_* macros for other
variants.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Martin Rowe <martin.p.rowe@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A385 BootROM treats strapping configuration 0x22 as SPI-NAND. So remove
incorrect definition 0x22 as SATA. SATA on A385 has configuration 0x2A.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Martin Rowe <martin.p.rowe@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A385 BootROM treats strapping configuration 0x3f as invalid. When booting
fails (e.g. because of invalid configuration) then BootROM fallbacks to
UART booting.
Detecting BootROM fallback to UART booting is implemented in U-Boot since
commit 2fd4284051 ("ARM: mach-mvebu: handle fall-back to UART boot").
So there is no need to define BOOT_FROM_UART_ALT constant and special
handling for it anymore, remove it.
This change effectively revers commit f3a88e2ca1 ("arm: mvebu: fix boot
from UART on ClearFog Base").
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Martin Rowe <martin.p.rowe@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Show correct information in debug() output and use correct names for variables.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
[upstream of vendor commit 19a96f7c40a8fc1d0a6546ac2418d966e5840a99]
The Clearfog devices have only one SDHC device. This is either eMMC if
it is populated on the SOM or SDHC if not. The Linux device tree assumes
the SDHC case. Detect if the device is an eMMC and fixup the device-tree
so it will be detected by Linux.
Ported from vendor repo at https://github.com/SolidRun/u-boot
Signed-off-by: Martin Rowe <martin.p.rowe@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This new clearfog_spi_defconfig file is a copy of existing
clearfog_defconfig file modified to instruct build system to generate
final kwbimage for SPI booting and to store the environment in SPI.
Signed-off-by: Martin Rowe <martin.p.rowe@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A388 Clearfog MMC is either SD Card or eMMC with different behaviour for
both. Setting the device to non-removable in the u-boot.dtsi allows both
to correctly detect the device.
Signed-off-by: Martin Rowe <martin.p.rowe@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
PCA9451A uses similar BUCKs and LDO regulators as PCA9450B/C but
has LDO2 and LDO3 removed. So reuse pca9450 PMIC and regulator driver
and add new type for PCA9451A.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The usage of DM_PMIC is preferred, so convert to it.
This also brings the benefit of causing a significant amount
of code removal.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The usage of DM_PMIC is preferred, so convert to it.
This also brings the benefit of causing a significant amount
of code removal.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
I don't have access to the mx6sxsabreauto board, so remove myself
from the MAINTAINERS entry and add Peng instead.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Originally, the mmc aliases node was present in imx6qdl-pico.dtsi.
After the sync with Linux in commit d0399a46e7 ("imx6dl/imx6qdl:
synchronise device trees with linux"), the aliases node is gone as
the upstream version does not have it.
This causes a boot regression in which the eMMC card cannot be found anymore.
Fix it by passing the alias node in the u-boot.dtsi file to
restore the original behaviour where the eMMC (esdhc3) was
mapped to mmc0.
Fixes: d0399a46e7 ("imx6dl/imx6qdl: synchronise device trees with linux")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The OEM Secure World Closed is not a valid lifecycle on iMX8ULP/iMX9.
So remove it from lifecycle print.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Before moving the lifecycle to OEM closed, confirm the lifecycle is
OEM open, otherwise cancel to move forward the lifecycle.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Remove legacy command definitions, change to use new ELE_xxx command
request.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Use common file ele_ahab.c for i.MX9 and iMX8ULP AHAB support, since
both of them use same sentinel ELE APIs
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add get_events API to retrieve any singular events that has occurred
since the FW has started from sentinel
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When using dual boot mode, the DDR won't be reset when APD power off
or reboot. It has possibility that obsolete fdt data existing on
fdt_addr_r address. Then even nothing in EFI partitions, the distro boot
still continue to parse fdt and get uboot crashed.
Clear the data at fdt_addr_r, so the fdt header check in above case
will not pass.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Bit0: Port 0 behavior when bandwidth maximized. Set to 1 to allow overflow
With overflow set, we see some issue that A35 may not able to get enough
bandwidth and A35 will report hrtimer takes too much time, workqueue
lockup. With overflow cleared, the issues are gone.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To resolve DCNANO underrun issue, change the DDR Port 0 arbitration
from round robin fashion to fixed priority level 1, while other ports
are not assigned any priority, so they will be serviced in round robin
fashion if there is no active request from Port 0.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The ECC fuse on 8ULP can't be written twice. If any user did it, the
ECC value would be wrong then cause accessing problem to the fuse.
The patch will lock the ECC fuse word to avoid this problem.
For iMX9, the OTP controller automatically prevents an ECC fuse word to
be written twice. So it does not need the setting.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since new 8ULP A1 S400 FW (v0.0.8-e329b760) can support to read
more fuses: like PMU trim, Test flow/USB, GP1-5, GP8-10. Update
the u-boot driver for the new mapping.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
From Sentinel FW v0.0.9-9df0f503, the response message of get info API
is changed to add OEM SRK and some states (IMEM, CSAL, TRNG).
With old structure, we get failure from sentinel due to the buffer
size can't fit with new response message. So update the API structure
to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch is used to support DBD owner fuse changed to S400 only.
The XRDC PDAC2 for LPAV pbridge5 and MSC1/2/3 for GPIO and LPAV are not
configured by S400 default setting. So these PDAC and MSC are invalid,
only DBD owner can access the corresponding resources.
We have to configure necessary PDAC and MSC for SPL before DDR
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To clean the upower codes by aligning codes format, check err_code
and add detail bits list for the memory magic number
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The swton indicates the logic switch, magic number 0xfff80 is hard
to understand, so use macro.
Some board design may not have MIPI_CSI voltage input connected per
data sheet. In that case, the upower power on API may dead loop mu to wait
response, however there is no response. So remove MIPI_CSI here, let
linux power domain driver to runtime enable the power domain.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
At present, in cgc1_pll3_init we don't set the pll3pfd div values,
just use the default 0. But on A1 part, ROM will set PLL3 pfd1div2
to 1 and pfd2div1 to 3.
This finally causes some clocks' rate decreased, for example USDHC.
So clear the PLL3DIV_PFD dividers to get correct rate.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Some space in SRAM0 will be protected by S400 to allow RX SecPriv mode
access only for boot purpose. Since SW will reuse the SRAM0 as SCMI
buffer and SPL container loading buffer, need to reconfigure MRC3.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To align with ARM trusted firmware's change, adjust DRAM timing
save area to new position 0x20055000. So we can release the space
since 0x2006c000 for the NOBITS region of ARM trusted firmware
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Need to add DRAM access permission for S400, as S400 needs to access
it When SPL calls image authentication
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To fit the DBD_EN fused part, we re-design the TRDC and XRDC assignment.
M33 will be the TRDC owner and needs to configure TRDC. A35 is the
XRDC owner, ATF will configure XRDC.
The handshake between U-boot and M33 image is used to sync TRDC and
XRDC configuration completion. Once the handshake is done, A35 and M33
can access the allowed resources in others domain.
The handshake is needed when M33 is booted or DBD_EN fused, because both
cases will enable the TRDC. If handshake is timeout, the boot will hang.
We use SIM GPR0 to pass the info from SPL to u-boot, because before the
handshake, u-boot can't access SEC SIM and FSB.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
As M33 is responsible for TRDC configuration, the settings for A35
nonsecure world access and DMA0 access are moved to M33 image.
So remove the codes to release TRDC and configure it. Just keep
the configurations for reference.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
iMX8ULP A1 S400 ROM removes the setting for MRC4/5. So we have to set
them in SPL to allow access to DDR from A35 and APD PER masters
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since A1 ROM has fixed the ROM API eMMC issue, we should only use
the workaround for A0.1 part. Add a SOC revision check.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In both SPL and u-boot, after probing the S400 MU, get the chip revision,
lifecycle and UID from Sentinel.
Update get_cpu_rev to use the chip revision not hard coded it for A0
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since latest DTS has added multiple MU nodes, using compatible
string to find the device node is not proper. It finds the first
node with the compatible string matched even the node is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Move to using .env file for setting up environment variables for am65x.
Signed-off-by: Nikhil M Jain <n-jain1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
TI's security enforcing SoCs will authenticate each binary it loads by
comparing it's signature with keys etched into the SoC during the boot
up process. The am62ax family of SoCs by default will have some level of
security enforcement checking. To keep things as simple as possible,
enable the CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE options by default so all levels of
secure SoCs will work out of the box
Enable the CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE by default
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
Move to using .env file for setting up environment variables for J721E
and J7200.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move to using .env file for setting up environment variables for J721S2.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add K3 common environment variables to .env. We retain the old-style C
environment .h files to maintain compatibility with other K3 boards that
have not moved to using .env yet.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Last use of CONFIG_SYS_GPIO1_PRELIM was removed by
commit fae2ea5951 ("ppc: Remove MPC8349EMDS board and ARCH_MPC8349
support").
Last use of CONFIG_SYS_GPIO2_PRELIM was removed even before by
commit 6843862342 ("ppc: Remove caddy2 / vme8349 boards")
Those two items were removed from whitelist by
commit 8cca60a2cb ("Kconfig: Remove some symbols from the whitelist")
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Fixes: fae2ea5951 ("ppc: Remove MPC8349EMDS board and ARCH_MPC8349 support")
Last (incorrect) use of those CONFIG items was removed by
commit 9fd9abedcc ("TQM834x: remove defines causing gcc4.4 warnings")
Those items are invalid and should have been removed at the
same time because lblaw[] has only 4 elements.
And they were removed from the whitelist by
commit 9c5df7a2a9 ("mpc83xx: Migrate LBLAW_* to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Fixes: 9fd9abedcc ("TQM834x: remove defines causing gcc4.4 warnings")
Apple silicon SoCs have numerous embedded co-processors with pre-loaded
firmware. The co-processors text and data sections need to be mapped via
DART iommus controlled by the main processor. Those sections are
exported as reserved-memory. Bump CONFIG_LMB_MAX_REGIONS from 8 to 64 to
deal with the large amount of reserved-memory regions.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The WIZ acts as a wrapper for SerDes and has Lanes 0 and 2 reserved
for USB for type-C lane swap if Lane 1 and Lane 3 are linked to the
USB PHY that is integrated into the SerDes IP. The WIZ control register
has to be configured to support this lane swap feature.
The support for swapping lanes 2 and 3 is missing and therefore
add support to configure the control register to swap between
lanes 2 and 3 if PHY type is USB.
Signed-off-by: Sinthu Raja <sinthu.raja@ti.com>
It's possible that the Type-C plug orientation on the DIR line will be
implemented through hardware design. In that situation, there won't be
an external GPIO line available, but the driver still needs to address
this since the DT won't use the typec-dir-gpios property.
Add code to handle LN10 Type-C swap if typec-dir-gpios property is not
specified in DT.
Signed-off-by: Sinthu Raja <sinthu.raja@ti.com>
For non TI boards it is not possible to enable the do_board_detect()
call as TI_I2C_BOARD_DETECT is defined in board/ti/common/Kconfig.
I want to use do_board_detect() to dectect boards and properties based
on some SPI communication with a FPGA.
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Kconfig does not support using 'select' to select a 'choice'. A choice
can be configured by either setting the choice symbol to 'y' in a
configuration file or by setting a 'default' of the choice.
In board/ti/*/Kconfig the SOC_K3_* choice is already set to 'y' in their
corresponding configs/*_defconfig file. So remove selecting it.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
The M.2 slots of the related IOT2050 variant need to be configured
according to the plugged cards. This tries to detect the card using the
M.2 configuration pins of the B-key slot. If that fails, a U-Boot
environment variable can be set to configure manually. This variable is
write-permitted also in secure boot mode as it is not able to undermine
the integrity of the booted system.
The configuration is then applied to mux the serdes and to fix up the
device tree passed to or loaded by the bootloader. The fix-ups are
coming from device tree overlays that are embedded into the firmware
image and there also integrity protected. The OS remains free to load
a device tree to which they do not apply: U-Boot will not fail to boot
in that case.
Based on original patch by Chao Zeng.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Add support for the M.2 board based on the iot2050 advanced board.
The board has two m.2 connectors, one is B-keyed, the other E-keyed.
The B-key slot can connect 5G/SSD devices, and E-key can be used for
WIFI/BT devices.
This variant is covered by PG2 firmware image.
Signed-off-by: chao zeng <chao.zeng@siemens.com>
[Jan: align DT to kernel, polish wording]
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
User-button is controlled by the mcu domain gpio number 25.
But main0 main1 mcu domain all have gpio number 25.
To identify where the gpio is from, Using gpio controll base as the prefix
to indicate the gpio resource.
Signed-off-by: chao zeng <chao.zeng@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use external blob otpcmd.bin to replace the 0xff filled OTP programming
command block to create a firmware image that provisions the OTP on
first boot. This otpcmd.bin is generated from the customer keys using
steps described in the meta-iot2050 integration layer for the device.
Based on original patch by Baocheng Su.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
There are many ways to get a signed firmware for the IOT2050 devices,
namely for the parts under user-control. This script documents one way
of doing it, given a signing key. Augment the board documentation with
the required procedure around it.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Allows to create a public key device tree dtsi for inclusion into U-Boot
SPL and proper during first build already. This can be achieved via
CONFIG_DEVICE_TREE_INCLUDES.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Add hashes and configuration signature stubs to prepare verified boot
of main U-Boot by SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Will be needed when CONFIG_ENV_WRITEABLE_LIST is enabled. The listed
variables shall remain writable, for informational purposes - they have
to be considered untrusted because the persistent U-Boot env is not
protected.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Allows run-time control over watchdog auto-start and the timeout via
setting the environment variable watchdog_timeout_ms. A value of zero
means "do not start". Use CONFIG_WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_MSECS as initial value
and this to zero by default. Users can then enable the watchdog once the
use and OS which picks it up during boot.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Anything that is not boot-env related is better kept there by now.
At this chance, also drop a stale comment from iot2050.h
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
The latest version of the binary-only firmware parts come in a combined
form of FSBL and sysfw containers. This implies some layout changes to
the generated firmware image but also makes handling of artifacts much
simpler (4 files less). The env locations will not change, just the
space reserved for U-Boot will shrink from 4 to 3 MB - still plenty of
space left in practice.
Adjust configuration and documentation accordingly.
Along this change, add a new reservation for update commands of the
user-controlled OTP part. A specific userspace tool will fill it, and
the FSBL will evaluate it during boot. This reservation will use 64K of
the former sysfw section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Refactor according to the entry `fit: Entry containing a FIT` of
document tools/binman/README.entries.
As the generator uses the device tree name for the config description,
board_fit_config_name_match requires a small adjustment as well.
Signed-off-by: Su Baocheng <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
[Jan: re-add now required CONFIG_OF_LIST, update config matching]
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Due to different signature keys, the PG1 and the PG2 boards can no
longer use the same FSBL (tiboot3). This makes it impossible anyway to
maintaine a single flash.bin for both variants, so we can also split the
build.
A new target is added to indicates the build is for PG1 vs. PG2 boards.
Hence now the variants have separated defconfig files.
The runtime board_is_sr1() check does make no sense anymore, so remove
it and replace with build time check.
Documentation is updated accordingly. New binary artifacts are already
available via meta-iot2050.
Signed-off-by: Su Baocheng <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
[Jan: refactor config option into targets, tweak some wordings]
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
While this change is correct for v2023.04 it is not correct for next
(where this is right now) nor post-v2023.04.
This reverts commit 8653e5d3b7.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order for some of the functionalities, such as the USB clocks,
to work properly we need some clocks to be properly initialised
at the very beginning of booting.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Clock setup was intended for setting clocks at boot time on SAMA7G5,
e.g. for root clocks like PLLs, that were used to feed IPs needed alive
in u-boot (e.g. Ethernet clock feed by a PLL). Export this functionality
to all at91 clocks as it may be necessary on other SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Implement sam9x60 USB clock driver. This clock has
three parents: PLLA, UPLL and MAINXTAL. The driver is
aware of the three possible parents with the help of the
two mux tables provied to the driver during the registration
of the clock.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Pull request for efi-next-20230325
Documenation:
* add man-page for efi command
UEFI:
* Let EFI app call ExitBootServices() before legacy booting kernel
* Support zboot and bootm in the EFI app
* Let efi command show configuration tables
* Support booting a 64-bit kernel from 64-bit EFI app
* Allocate device-tree copy from high memory
* simplify efi_str_to_u16()
The bootefi command creates a copy of the device-tree within the first
127 MiB of memory. This may lead to overwriting previously loaded binaries
(e.g. kernel, initrd).
Linux EFI stub itself copies U-Boot's copy of the device-tree. This means
there is not restriction for U-Boot to place the device-tree copy to any
address. (Restrictions existed for 32bit ARM before Linux commit
7a1be318f579 ("ARM: 9012/1: move device tree mapping out of linear region")
for legacy booting.
Reported-by: Alexandre Ghiti <alexghiti@rivosinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Ghiti <alexghiti@rivosinc.com>
Add an option to package a kernel into the debugging script used for
EFI.
The name of the kernel must be added to the script. By default it is
assumed that the kernel is built in the /tmp/kernel directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a command (for the app and payload) to display the tables provided
by EFI. Note that for the payload the tables should always be present, so
an error message is unnecessary and would bloat the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is used with EFI_LOADER but is also useful (with some
modifications) for the EFI app and payload. Move it into a shared
file.
Show the address of the table so it can be examined if needed. Also show
the table name as unknown if necessary. Our list of GUIDs is fairly
small.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are currently only available when running with EFI_LOADER.
Expand this to include the app and payload, since it is useful to be
able to decode things there.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide information about the GUIDs supplied by QEMU, so far as it is
known.
These values are used in the 'efi table' command as well as the printf
format string %sU
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These have been disabled due to the rudimentary support available. It is
a little better now, so enable these options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When running the EFI app, we need to exit boot services before jumping
to Linux.
At some point it may be possible to jump to Linux and pass on the system
table, and:
* install the device-tree as configuration table
* use LoadImage() to load the kernel image (e.g. from memory)
* start the image with StartImage()
This should allow the Linux efistub to be used. For now, this is not
implemented.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the missing code to handle this. For a 64-bit kernel the entry
address is 0x200 bytes after the normal entry.
Rename the parameter to boot_linux_kernel() accordingly. Update the
comments to indicate that these are addresses, not pointers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The U-Boot EFI app can run as a 64-bit program, so set the Kconfig
correctly in that case. Make sure it doesn't build SPL, since there is
no need to switch from 32 to 64 bit when running.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The incumbent function efi_alloc() is unused.
Replace dp_alloc() by a new function efi_alloc() that we can use more
widely.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
EFI device paths for block devices must be unique. If a non-unique device
path is discovered, probing of the block device fails.
Currently we use UsbClass() device path nodes. As multiple devices may
have the same vendor and product id these are non-unique. Instead we
should use Usb() device path nodes. They include the USB port on the
parent hub. Hence they are unique.
A USB storage device may contain multiple logical units. These can be
modeled as Ctrl() nodes.
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A38x BootROM has a bug which cause that BootROM loads data part of UART
image into RAM target address increased by one byte when source address
and header size stored in the image header are not same.
Workaround this bug by completely removing a gap between header and data
part of the UART image. Without gap, this BootROM bug is not triggered.
This gap can be present in SDIO or SATA image types which have aligned
start of the data part to the media sector size. With this workaround
kwboot should be able to convert and send SDIO or SATA images for UART
booting.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Sending of very small images (smaller than 128 bytes = xmodem block size)
cause out-of-bound memory read access. Fix this issue by ensuring that
hdrsz when sending image is not larger than total size of the image.
Issue was introduced in commit f8017c3779 ("tools: kwboot: Fix sending
Kirkwood v0 images"). Special case when total image is smaller than header
size aligned to multiply of xmodem size is already handled since that
commit.
Fixes: f8017c3779 ("tools: kwboot: Fix sending Kirkwood v0 images")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit 7665ed2fa0 ("tools: kwboot: Fix parsing UART image without data
checksum") added fixup code to insert place for data checksum if UART image
does not have it. Together with option -B (change baudrate), kwboot
calculates this checksum. Without option -B, it inserts only place for
checksum but does not calculate it.
This commit fix above logic and calculate data checksum also when kwboot is
used without -B option.
Fixes: 7665ed2fa0 ("tools: kwboot: Fix parsing UART image without data checksum")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Ensure that UART aligned header size is always stored into kwbimage v1
header. It is needed for proper UART booting. Calculation of headersz field
was broken in commit d656f5a0ee ("tools: kwboot: Calculate real used
space in kwbimage header when calling kwboot_img_grow_hdr()") which
introduced optimization of kwboot_img_grow_hdr() function.
Fixes: d656f5a0ee ("tools: kwboot: Calculate real used space in kwbimage header when calling kwboot_img_grow_hdr()")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Armada 385 BootROM ignores low 7 bits of headersz when parsing kwbimage
header of UART type, which effectively means that headersz is rounded down
to multiply of 128 bytes. For all other image types BootROM reads and use
all bits of headersz. Therefore fill into UART type of kwbimage v1 headersz
aligned to 128 bytes.
Fixes: 2b0980c240 ("tools: kwbimage: Fill the real header size into the main header")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Same change as was done for mvebu in commit 5bb2c550b1 ("arm: mvebu: Move
internal registers in arch_very_early_init() function") but for kirkwood.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED is used in SPL SPI to configure and probe the
flash device during DM SPI uclass probing process, if the
spi-max-frequency is not available in the DTB. Currently the max
frequency is not available, because of the probing mechanism in SPI
uclass has not been fully updated to DM.
The CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED is set to 1Mhz if a board defconfig
does not specify it. This speed is too slow and result in a few
seconds delay while the u-boot image is loaded from flash. Based on a
survey of the device tree specifications for MVEBU boards, a sane default
value should be 10Mhz. The default of 10Mhz enables an almost
instantaneously loading of the u-boot image.
Note that this patch depends on this patch series (has been merged to
u-boot-marvell/next):
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2023-March/511038.html
- RESEND: correct spelling of SF_DEFAULT_MODE
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Here we implement usb_gadget_handle_interrupts() but did not include
<linux/usb/gadget.h> so did not have the declaration correct. Fix this
and add the missing include.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If we're building U-Boot with LTO, we don't want to use that for
examples as it's more work than required.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We did not add a prototype for spl_mmc_get_uboot_raw_sector to
include/spl.h before, so add and document one now. Correct the incorrect
prototype in board/advantech/imx8mp_rsb3720a1/imx8mp_rsb3720a1.c and
ensure that we have spl.h where we define a non-weak
spl_mmc_get_uboot_raw_sector as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some platforms were not including <cpu_func.h> which sets the prototype
for reset_cpu, and in turn had it set wrong. Correct these cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With clang-15 we now get reported that in the make_flame_tree function,
neither the missing_count nor depth variables are used, only
incremenete/decremented. Remove these.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With clang-15, it is now reported that cont_img_count is unused. This is
true as the code will increment / reset this counter, but never
functionally use it. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With clang-15 we now will get warnings such as:
warning: a function declaration without a prototype is deprecated in all
versions of C [-Wstrict-prototypes]
And it is easy enough to address this warning here, even if we would
like to stay in sync more with upstream as it's a single location.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With clang-15 we now will get warnings such as:
warning: a function declaration without a prototype is deprecated in all
versions of C [-Wstrict-prototypes]
And it is easy enough to address this warning here, as we aren't
concerned with re-syncing with an upstream.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With clang-15 we now will get warnings such as:
warning: a function declaration without a prototype is deprecated in all
versions of C [-Wstrict-prototypes]
And it is easy enough to address this warning here, as we aren't
concerned with re-syncing with an upstream.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have a number of places in the code which use the following syntax:
void func(a, b, c)
int a; /* Does a */
something_t *b; /* Pointer to b */
int c; /* Does c */
{
...
}
Which while not what we document as our coding style, this is also code
which we have imported from other projects, and would like to re-sync
with in the future. While the biggest example of this is the zlib code,
there are other places as well. For now, we will silence this warning.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To conserve bandwidth and potentially avoid rate limits, allow a local
mirror of Docker Hub to be specified globally. The default value is
unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The default behavior of Gitlab runners is to only run jobs which match
the configured tag, although there is an option to run untagged jobs
[1].
To support running the CI in more complex environments where different
types of runners may be present that support different tags, allow the
DEFAULT_TAG for all jobs in the pipeline to be set globally using an
environment variable. An empty default value is provided to retain
support for untagged runners.
[1] https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/ci/runners/configure_runners.html#use-tags-to-control-which-jobs-a-runner-can-run
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Copy build artifacts for all test.py tests, so they show up in
artifacts storage for later inspection. The test.py tests output
in CI is basically useless, but it is far more useful in the html
output for analysis and debugging.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The default pytest cache directory is in a read-only directory in Azure,
which results in a warning on the build page. Use the pytest command
line option to set the cache dir to somewhere writable.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable use of the python-azurepipelines package which provides automatic
formatting and uploading of the pytest output.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
The first patch simplies do_read somewhat by making use of an existing
helper instead of parsing the dev_part string manually. As a bonus
(and my actual motivation), it now understands dev#partname syntax -
hard-coded partition numbers are so last decade.
I also need the symmetrical operation, being able to write to a named
raw partition, and fortunately it doesn't require that many lines of
code to implement that.
There's a very minor change in the error reporting due to using
cmdtp->name to generate the new messages, but I don't think "Error
reading blocks" offers much that "read error" doesn't.
New in v2: the last three patches add documentation, ensure CMD_WRITE
is set for sandbox and adds some basic test cases for the various ways
of accessing the partitions (by number, name, or as raw offset within
the whole disk).
v3: Add Simon's R-b to patches 2, 4, 5, fixup whitespace in patch 5.
I don't want to duplicate the documentation, but I can see the value
in 'write' having its own entry in the TOC, so I added a stub
write.rst that just refers to the read.rst, which then explicitly
documents both.
Make the indent of these macro elements consistent with the
rest of this table. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add support for debug output very early during boot using the DEBUG_UART
mechanism. This uses a static fixed UART port configuration selected via
Kconfig options and dedicated print functions from debug_uart.h. This is
useful e.g. when debugging problems so early during boot, that not even
the DM is initialized at that point, and thus DM_SERIAL is not available
either.
This functionality is disabled by default. To activate it, define the
following Kconfig options and select SCIF type using CFG_SCI/CFG_SCIF_A/
CFG_HSCIF/<nothing for regular SCIF>:
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_SCIF=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_BASE=0xe6540000
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_CLOCK=24000000
The later two options define the SCIF physical base address and SCIF
input clock in Hz. Optionally, to validate DEBUG_UART works, enable
the following as well to get early serial output message by default:
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_ANNOUNCE=y
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Both CONFIG_SCI and CONFIG_SCIF_USE_EXT_CLK options do not have a
matching Kconfig entry because they are internal to the SCIF driver.
Change their prefix to CFG_, i.e. CFG_SCIF_USE_EXT_CLK and CFG_SCI,
to reflect that and avoid interferring with Kconfig symbols. Since
neither of those options are defined elsewhere, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Switch ifdef in sh_gpio_get_value() to IS_ENABLED() macro.
The CONFIG_RCAR_GEN3 will never have SPL counterpart, so
the IS_ENABLED() macro is the right one here. No functional
change, except for improved build test coverage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Calling old U-Boot API doesn't allow to use fixed PHY.
Searching by mask is the part of new function, after
scanning FDT for a fixed PHY definition
Fixes: e821a7bdb1 ("net: ravb: Detect PHY correctly")
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Lappo <mikhail.lappo@esrlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
[Hai Pham: Drop phy_connect_dev since it's called in phy_connect]
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
[Marek: Use mask -1 instead of 0 to reinstate the search behavior
over all PHY addresses. Add Fixes tag, sort the tag list.]
Sort the list of "depends" symbols in ascending order.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Sort the list of "depends" symbols in ascending order.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Do not cache the single CPG MODE register bit 12, instead cache the
entire register value, and only pick the matching bit from the cached
value when core clock of type MDSEL or PE are used. Both MDSEL and PE
clock type currently define .offset field as 12 on Gen3, which means
this code will use bit 12 on Gen3 again, however there are additional
clock on Gen4 which use different bits, and having this flexibility
in place now will be useful when adding Gen4.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
There are multiple shared Kconfig options between R-Car Gen3 and Gen4.
Keep the common options in Kconfig.64 and move the R-Car Gen3 specific
options into separate Kconfig.rcar3 . The Kconfig.rcar3 contains SoC
and board list, which is limited to R-Car Gen3.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Introduce common Kconfig symbol for 64bit R-Car platforms and move
common configuration options into it. This is preparatory patch to
prevent duplication of Kconfig lists later on, when Gen4 is added.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Pull the SYS_SOC Kconfig option to avoid duplication of this option
in Kconfig.{32,64,rza1} . The default value is the same, so just set
it in one location.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Switch ifdef in rmobile_get_prr() to IS_ENABLED() macro.
The CONFIG_RCAR_GEN3 will never have SPL counterpart, so
the IS_ENABLED() macro is the right one here. No functional
change, except for improved build test coverage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
U-Boot executes at EL3 is required to initalize those settings.
In other cases, they will be done by prior-stage firmware instead.
This fixes crash when U-Boot is at non-secure exception level.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
All R-Car Gen3 defconfigs present in U-Boot do enable DTO support,
enable it for all of R-Car Gen3 by default in Kconfig instead, so
that no new boards would miss this functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The R-Car DTs might contains multiple /memory@* nodes from various
sources, i.e. prior firmware, u-boot itself or the OS
The duplicates are likely to happen so the messages are not meaningful
in the default setting since we have already handled that.
Reduce the message to debug level.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The read and write commands are, deliberately, implemented in the same
file, so that they stay feature-compatible (e.g. if someone implements
support for "read the full partition, however large that is", that
same syntax should also work for write). In order to ensure the
documentation for both are similarly kept in sync, and to avoid
duplication, document them both in read.rst, and add a stub write.rst
referring to read.rst.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It's almost no extra code to hook up a buddy to the 'read' command. In
fact, since the command is passed its own 'struct cmd_tbl', we can use
the exact same callback, and let it figure out for itself whether it
was invoked as "read" or "write".
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Use the helper part_get_info_by_dev_and_name_or_num() for parsing a
dev[:part] string and obtaining the partition info in one go, instead
of open-coding all that.
As a bonus, this will automatically allow using the dev#partname
syntax as well, for accessing raw partitions by name.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
This reverts commit 9f62a472df.
The changes here aren't quite right, and on platforms such as Raspberry
Pi where we can have both serial and video output, the change above
causes output to change. This can be seen as the hush tests we have now
fail.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The previous attempt at fixing this broke the normal usage of the -A
flag.
At present, 'buildman -A sandbox' adds the path containing the
toolchain. We can assume that this is in the path and we don't want to
set CROSS_COMPILE=/bin/
Change this to align with what MakeEnvironment() does, but only for
sandbox boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Having to use the -K option to mkimage to populate U-Boot's .dtb with the
public key while signing the kernel FIT image is often a little
awkward. In particular, when using a meta-build system such as
bitbake/Yocto, having the tasks of the kernel and U-Boot recipes
intertwined, modifying deployed artifacts and rebuilding U-Boot with
an updated .dtb is quite cumbersome. Also, in some scenarios one may
wish to build U-Boot complete with the public key(s) embedded in the
.dtb without the corresponding private keys being present on the same
build host.
So this adds a simple tool that allows one to disentangle the kernel
and U-Boot builds, by simply copy-pasting just enough of the mkimage
code to allow one to add a public key to a .dtb. When using mkimage,
some of the information is taken from the .its used to build the
kernel (algorithm and key name), so that of course needs to be
supplied on the command line.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kopytin <Roman.Kopytin@kaspersky.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <fr0st61te@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Add the test which provides sequence of actions:
1. create the image from binman dts
2. create public and private keys
3. add public key into dtb with fdt_add_pubkey
4. 1. sign FIT container with new sign option with extracting from
image
2. sign exact FIT container with replacing of it in image
5. check with fit_check_sign
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <fr0st61te@gmail.com>
Renumber test file from 277 to 280;
Move UpdateSignatures() to Entry base class;
Don't allow missing mkimage as it doesn't make sense;
Propagate --toolpath for CI;
Call mark_build_done() to avoid regenerating FIT:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce proof of concept for binman's new option which provides sign
and replace FIT containers in binary images.
Usage as example:
from:
mkimage -G privateky -r -o sha256,rsa4096 -F fit
binman replace -i flash.bin -f fit.fit fit
to:
binman sign -i flash.bin -k privatekey -a sha256,rsa4096 -f fit.fit fit
and to this one if it's need to be extracted, signed with key and put it
back in image:
binman sign -i flash.bin -k privatekey -a sha256,rsa4096 fit
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <fr0st61te@gmail.com>
Add the documentation about binman sign option and providing an
example.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <fr0st61te@gmail.com>
Add a section about 'binman sign' at the bottom:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt chosen' test which works as follows:
- Create basic DT, map it to sysmem
- Apply DTO which adds single property via fragment (without address spec)
- Apply DTO which adds more properties (string, u32, empty) and a subnode,
with phandle via frament@0 and thus tests /__symbols__ node
- Apply DTO which modifies property of the previous DTO via phandle and thus
tests the /__fixups__ node
- Print modified DT, verify it contains updates from DTOs
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt chosen' test which works as follows:
- Create basic DT, map it to sysmem
- Print /chosen node, verify it is nonexistent
- Create chosen node
- Print /chosen node, verify it contains only version
- Create /chosen node with initrd entries
- Print /chosen node, verify it contains version and initrd entries
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt rsvmem' test which works as follows:
- Create custom FDT with single reserved memory (rsvmem) entry, map it to sysmem
- Add new rsvmem entry
- Delete existing older rsvmem entry
- Add new rsvmem entry again
- Always print the rsvmem list and validate it
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt memory' test which works as follows:
- Create custom FDT with /memory node, with select #*cells, map it to sysmem
- Perform memory fixup
- Read back the /memory node and validate its content
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt header' test which works as follows:
- Create basic FDT, map it to sysmem
- Print the FDT header
- Get all members of the FDT header into variable and
verify the variables contain correct data
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Merged in test: cmd: fdt: Drop unused fdt_test_header_get() fdt parameter:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt print' and 'fdt list' test which works as follows:
- Create fuller FDT, map it to sysmem
- Print the entire FDT, parts of the FDT and select properties
- Compare output from the print or list
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'fdt get addr' is always assumed to be hex value, drop the prefix.
Since this might break existing users who depend on the existing
behavior with 0x prefix, this is a separate patch. Revert if this
breaks anything.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
In case character 0x20 (space) is used as line separator,
character 0x9 (tab) is treated end of line. Commands which
output a lot of tabs, i.e. various tree printing commands
like 'fdt print' then end up generating a lot of newlines
in the recorded output, and the recorded output is corrupted.
Use character 0x00 (NUL) as separator instead to treat the
tabs as valid part of recorded line.
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop no longer needed { } around ut_assert*() functions in FDT test.
No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Wrap the assert macros in ({ ... }) so they can be safely used both as
right side argument as well as in conditionals without curly brackets
around them. In the process, find a bunch of missing semicolons, fix
them.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Now that the DT nodes for the serial devices are in place for these
boards, enable DM_SERIAL in the associated configs.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tag the serial nodes with bootph-all in order to have these nodes and
the drivers available before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Sync the serial nodes of the LS208XA RDB/QDS boards with their
representation in Linux. We also imported the clockgen and sysclk nodes
which are dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move the serial nodes under the soc node. No changes are made to the
nodes, just their location is changed.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The u-boot dts for these boards do not have an soc node, unlike its
Linux counterpart. This patch just adds the soc node as seen in Linux,
the next patches will move some nodes under it.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When the first device tree description was added for the ethernet nodes,
the 2 10G ports on the LS1088ARDB were wrongly described as 'xgmii'.
Fix this by replacing the two last occurrences of 'xgmii' in the device
trees of the Layerscape DPAA2 devices.
Fixes: 68c7c008e8 ("arm: dts: ls1088ardb: add DPMAC and PHY nodes")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Now that DM_ETH is enabled by default, there is no point in keeping the
non-DM_ETH code which initialized the ethernet interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Now that DM_ETH is enabled by default, there is no point in keeping the
non-DM_ETH code which initialized the ethernet interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Now that DM_ETH is enabled by default, there is no point in keeping the
non-DM_ETH code which initialized the ethernet interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Now that DM_ETH is enabled by default, there is no point in keeping the
non-DM_ETH code which initialized the ethernet interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The LX2160ARDB board has support for DM_ETH probed devices, which means
that we do not need to manually create an MDIO controller, register it,
create PHYs on it etc.
In order to cleanup the board file a bit, just remove this code entirely.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Pull request efi-next-20230313
UEFI:
* Improve graphics support in EFI app
Others:
* x86: Add a few more items to bdinfo
* video: Remove duplicate cursor-positioning function
* video: Clear the vidconsole rather than the video
Add these options to provide some performance measurement, see cache
status and slightly speed up the appallingly slow console.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is better to clear the console device rather than the video device,
since the console has the text display. We also need to reset the cursor
position with the console, but not with the video device.
Add a new function to handle this and update the 'cls' command to use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running with video enabled, the pre-relocation output of U-Boot is
currently lost. Add a -serial flag to show it on the terminal.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is not possible for the video driver to use a pre-allocated
frame buffer (such as is done with EFI) with the copy framebuffer. This
can be useful to speed up the display.
Adjust the implementation so that copy_size can be set to the required
size, with this being allocated if the normal framebuffer size is 0.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for this to EFI in case it becomes useful. At present it just
slows things down. You can enable CONFIG_VIDEO_COPY to turn it on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is not yet clear how to read the timer via EFI. The current value seems
much too high on a Framework laptop I tried. Adjust it to a lower
hard-coded value for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current vesa structure only provides a 32-bit value for the frame
buffer. Many modern machines use an address outside the range.
It is still useful to have this common struct, but add a separate
frame-buffer address as well.
Add a comment for vesa_setup_video_priv() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Put this into a function, as we have done for the app implementation.
Comment both functions. FOr now the app still does not access it
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Microblaze and m68k are the only remaining architectures that still enable
CONFIG_NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC by default.
Microblaze has had runtime relocation support using CONFIG_STATIC_RELA for
quite some time, since commit d58c007498 ("microblaze: Add support for run
time relocation"). Drop support for CONFIG_NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC and make
runtime relocation the default, as the rest of the architectures do.
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230311173838.521804-4-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Currently, a microblaze build with CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN=y and
CONFIG_STATIC_RELA=y fails with:
tools/relocate-rela: Not supported machine type
ELF decoding failed
make[2]: *** [u-boot/Makefile:1306: u-boot-nodtb.bin] Error 1
To fix this, convert the 32-bit codepath to use the previously added
elf{16,32}_to_cpu() functions. The aarch64 codepath is left untouched.
This commit ensures that CI doesn't fail for the next patches which enable
runtime relocation by default for microblaze.
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230311173838.521804-3-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
binman x509, separate tools dir and other improvements
patman parallel patch generation
fdt fixes and tests
PyPi support for U-Boot tools
buildman reproducible builds
When using the fpga loads command, the driver is passing the AES encryption
key address is all cases. However, for the authenticated, but not encrypted
use case, there is no AES encryption key, and this value is 0.
When AES encryption is not used on the fpga bitstream, the pmufw assumes that
the AES key address is a bitstream size value like what is used by the
unsecure fpga load command.
To fix the problem, this patch checks to see if the AES key address is zero.
If the AES key address is zero, it means that AES is not being used on the
bitstream and the bitstream size should be passed instead. Thus, matching
the fpga load functionality.
Signed-off-by: Neal Frager <neal.frager@amd.com>
Acked-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230214131959.40298-1-neal.frager@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
cdns prefix was deprecated and replaced by xlnx one in upstream Linux. Also
U-Boot driver has been updated to support new compatible string that's why
it is time to remove it and deprecate it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
There are missing Kconfig dependencies in the code which is using
firmware interface.
The commit 71efd45a5f ("arm64: zynqmp: Change firmware dependency")
add option to also disable ZYNQMP_FIRMWARE. But not all Kconfig
dependencies were properly described and also sdhci and gem drivers
didn't protect the code properly.
So, add the missing ZYNQMP_FIRMWARE dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Algapally Santosh Sagar <santoshsagar.algapally@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230201095553.11219-1-ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
And a new entry type which supports generation of x509 certificates.
This uses a new 'openssl' btool with just one operation so far.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these are handled as if they are allowed to be missing, but
this is only true if the -M flag is provided. Fix this and add a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present, 'buildman -A sandbox' adds the path containing the
toolchain at present. We can assume that this is in the path and
we don't want to set CROSS_COMPILE=/bin/ so change this to align
with what MakeEnvironment() does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For large series this can take a while. Run checkpatch in parallel to
try to reduce the time. The checkpatch information is still reported in
sequential order, so a very slow patch at the start can still slow
things down. But overall this gives good results.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
This script can take ages on some series. Try to limit the time by
using threads. If a few stubborn patches remain, show progress so the
user has some idea what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
This function is quite long. Moving the handling of a commit into a
separate function. This will make it easier to do the work in parallel.
Update function comments while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Patman does not do this anymore, as of this commit:
7428dc14b0 ("patman: Remove the -a option")
Drop the comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Add list of missing tests for the 'fdt' command, currently
the missing sandbox tests are only 'fdt boardsetup' and
'fdt checksign' .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt bootcpu' test which works as follows:
- Create basic FDT, map it to sysmem
- Print the FDT bootcpu
- Set the FDT bootcpu and read the value back using 'fdt header get'
- Perform the previous step twice to validate bootcpu overwrite
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt rm' test which works as follows:
- Create fuller FDT, map it to sysmem
- Selectively delete nodes or properties by both path and aliases
- Verify created nodes or properties using fdt print command
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt mknode' test which works as follows:
- Create fuller FDT, map it to sysmem
- Create node either in / or subnode
- Attempt to create node over existing node, which fails
- Attempt to create subnodes in non-existing nodes or aliases
- Verify created nodes using fdt list command
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt set' test which works as follows:
- Create fuller FDT, map it to sysmem
- Set either existing property to overwrite it, or new property
- Test setting both single properties as well as string and integer arrays
- Test setting to non-existent nodes and aliases
- Verify set values using 'fdt get value'
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt get size' test which works as follows:
- Create fuller FDT, map it to sysmem
- Get size of various properties
- Get node count of available nodes
- Test non-existent nodes and properties
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt get addr' test which works as follows:
- Create fuller FDT, map it to sysmem
- Get address of various properties
- Compare addresses calculated by UT and fdt command
This test is special in that it has to go through gruesome remapping scheme
where the test calculates:
- pointer offsets of the generated FDT root and the property being tested
- map_sysmem() result of environment variable "fdtaddr" and the one set
by the test matching address of property being tested
- difference between the later and the former, to obtain offset of the
DT property from start of DT
The offsets must match in both the UT and the tested U-Boot, if they do
not, the test fails.
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt get name' test which works as follows:
- Create fuller FDT, map it to sysmem
- Get name of / node 0, 1 and /clk-test node 0
- Compare output and validate the node name
- Get name of / node 2 and /clk-test node 1
- Compare output and validate the node is not present
- Get name of / node -1 and /clk-test node -1
- Compare output and validate the node name equals node 0 name
- Check nonexistent node, verify the command errors out
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt resize' test which works as follows:
- Create simple FDT with extra size 0, map it to sysmem
- 'resize' the FDT by 0x2000 bytes
- Verify the new space has been added to the FDT
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add 'fdt move' test which works as follows:
- Create simple FDT, map it to sysmem
- 'move' the FDT into new zeroed out sysmem location
- Verify newly active FDT is in the new location
- Compare both locations
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'ut fdt'
"
To dump the full output from commands used during test, add '-v' flag.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'fdt get value' subcommand now supports extraction of integer value
from integer arrays, add test for it, including a test for special case
unindexed integer array read, which is handled as hash and treated as a
long string instead of integer.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'fdt' command help contains the following note:
"
Dereference aliases by omitting the leading '/', e.g. fdt print ethernet0.
"
Add test for it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement function to generate internal test DT fragment and switch
the 'fdt get value' test to this instead of depending on the sandbox
DT. Rename clk-test node to test-node node. This FDT fragment will be
reused by other tests. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'fdt get' command has a 'get value' subcommand, rename the fdt_test_get()
to fdt_test_get_value() to avoid confusion about what it is testing. There is
currently no get 'get name', 'get addr', 'get size' subcommand test.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'fdt' command has a 'resize' subcommand, rename the fdt_test_resize()
to fdt_test_addr_resize() to avoid confusion about what it is testing.
There is currently no resize test.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add helper macro to test for empty lines, which is an inobvious
wrapper around ut_assert_nextline("%s", "") .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently any integer array value is set as long up-to-40 character
hexadecimal string into environment variable when extracted from an
FDT using 'fdt get value path prop index', because the support for
handling integer arrays is not implemented, and fdt_value_env_set()
code falls back into the hash handling behavior instead.
Implement this support simply by checking whether user supplied any
index. If index is set and the property length is multiple of four,
then this is an integer array, and the code would extract value at
specified index.
There is a subtle change where default index is set to -1 instead of 0.
This is OK, since the only place which checks for index to be less or
equal zero is the string array handling code in fdt_value_env_set() and
that code would work perfectly well with index -1 too.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The address returned from 'fdt get addr' command must be mapped
into sysmem, as this is a working FDT. Access to this address
without mapping it would lead to crash e.g. in sandbox.
The following command triggers the crash:
"
./u-boot -Dc 'fdt addr $fdtcontroladdr ; fdt get addr var / compatible ; md $var'
"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The command assumed 32bit pointers so far, with 64bit pointer the
command would overwrite a piece of stack. Fix it by extending the
array size to cater for 64bit pointer, and use snprintf() to avoid
writing past the end of the array ever again.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The help text references 'addr' as an optional key start address,
but the explanation references the same as 'start', make sure they
both read as 'addr'. Also update the abbreviated 'addr' in the
explanation to 'address'.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On case 'fdt memory' is invoked without parameters, argv[2]/argv[3]
is not valid and this command would SEGFAULT in sandbox environment.
Add missing argc test to avoid the crash and rather print usage help
message.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On case 'fdt bootcpu' is invoked without parameters, argv[2] is not
valid and this command would SEGFAULT in sandbox environment. Add
missing argc test to avoid the crash and rather print usage help
message.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case 'fdt rsvmem delete index' is passed a non-existent index, one
which does not exist in 'fdt rsvmem print', then the following command
triggers a print of help message for 'fdt' command instead of erroring
out:
=> fdt rsvmem delete 1234
This is because the subcommand errornously returns 'err' instead of
CMD_RET_FAILURE, fix it. Furthermore, align the number of spaces past
fdt_del_mem_rsv() and fdt_add_mem_rsv() in error message with the rest
of the code.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case an FDT contains a node '/test-node@1234' , with no property
called 'noprop' in that node, the following command triggers a print
of help message for 'fdt' command instead of erroring out:
=> fdt rm /test-node@1234 noprop
This is because the subcommand errornously returns 'err' instead of
CMD_RET_FAILURE, fix it. Furthermore, align the number of spaces past
fdt_delprop() in error message with the rest of the code.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is perfectly valid to request an address or size of FDT property
without value, the only special case if requesting of the value of
FDT property without value. Invert the test such, that properties
without value still set the variable from 'fdt get addr/size' to
address of the property or size of the property, where the later
is 0.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Import is_printable_string() implementation from DTC 1.7.0 as of
DTC commit 039a994 ("Bump version to v1.7.0") . This fixes a print
of u32 property which so far used to be printed as string by U-Boot
fdt print command.
We might see the case where the parsed property value, in this case
it is a 32-bit integer, identified as a printable string or a null byte
(concatenated strings) because of its last character happens to be:
0x00 (null character), 0xB (vertical tab character) or
0x10 (line feed character)
In this situation, if the string is identified as printable string,
it will be displayed as character instead of hex value
When the isprint() condition is true, there are two possibilities:
1) The character is ASCII character (except the first 32)
2) The character is extended ASCII character
For example,
NG property in device tree:
clock-frequency = <16640000>;
by default, would be displayed as
clock-frequency = "", "ýè";
and with this patch applied, would be displayed as
clock-frequency = <0x00fde800>;
Full investigation was done by Nam and Hai, patch reworked by Marek
to use common code from DTC.
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Nam Nguyen <nam.nguyen.yh@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This allows tests to run in parallel and speeds up some tests markedly,
particularly with binman. Add it to the requirements.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create the necessary files to build this new package.
It is not actually clear whether this is useful, since buildman has no
purpose outside U-Boot.
Move the main program into a function so that it can easily be called by
the PyPi-created script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It doesn't make much sense to expose tests when dtoc is running
outside of the U-Boot git checkout. Hide the option in this case.
Fix a long line while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create the necessary files to build this new package.
This is needed for binman.
Move the main program into a function so that it can easily be called by
the PyPi-created script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this so that the directory being used is declared at the top of
the file. Use pathlib as it seems to be more modern.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It doesn't make much sense to expose tests when dtoc is running
outside of the U-Boot git checkout. Hide the option in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create the necessary files to build this new package.
It is not actually clear whether this is useful, since buildman has no
purpose outside U-Boot. It is included for completeness, since adding
this later would be more trouble.
Move the main program into a function so that it can easily be called by
the PyPi-created script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Using 'str' as a variable makes it impossible to use it as a type in the
same function. Fix this by using a different name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It doesn't make much sense to expose tests when buildman is running
outside of the U-Boot git checkout. Hide the option in this case
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tests are not packaged with patman so this file will not be accessible
when installing with pip. Move the import later in the file, when we
know the file is present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create a script which can package a tool for use with PyPi and the 'pip'
tool. This involves quite a few steps so is best automated. Future work
will enable use of this for some of the tools in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The patman directory has a number of modules which are used by other tools
in U-Boot. This makes it hard to package the tools using pypi since the
common files must be copied along with the tool that uses them.
To address this, move these files into a new u_boot_pylib library. This
can be packaged separately and listed as a dependency of each tool.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Unfortunately this adds a new feature to concurrencytest and it has not
made it upstream to the project[1].
Drop it for now so we can use the upstream module. Once it is applied we
can bring this functionality back.
[1] https://github.com/cgoldberg/concurrencytest
This reverts commit ebcaafcded.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For EFI, the distro boot scripts search in three different directories
for the .dtb file. The SOC-based filename fallback is supported only for
32-bit ARM.
Adjust the code to mirror this behaviour.
Also some boards can use a prior-stage FDT if one is not found in the
normal way. Support this and show a message in that case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Add a command-line argument for setting the tooldir, so that the default
can be overridden. Add this directory to the toolpath automatically.
Create the directory if it does not already exist.
Put the default in the argument parser instead of the class, so that it
is more obvious.
Update a few tests that expect the utility name to be provided without
any path (e.g. 'futility'), so they can accept a path, e.g.
/path/to/futility
Update the documentation and add a few tests.
Improve the help for --toolpath while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present binman writes tools into the ~/bin directory. This is
convenient but some may be concerned about downloading unverified
binaries and running them. Place then in a special ~/.binman-tools
directory instead.
Mention this in the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We want to be able to change this directory. Use a class member to hold
the value, since changing a constant is not good.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is quite a useful thing to use when building since it avoids small
size changes between commits. Add a -r flag for it.
Also undefine CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO since this appends the git hash
to the version string, causing every build to be slightly different.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This cuts down build performance considerably and is not always needed,
when checking for build errors, etc.
Add a flag to disable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is sometimes useful to see the exact 'make' command used by buildman
for a commit. Add an output file for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Entry_blob_ext contains an implementation of SetAllowFakeBlob that is
identical to the one in the base Entry class, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an entry flag called 'preserve' to indicate that an entry should be
preserved by firmware updates. Propagate this to FMAP too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is needed to download tools, but we may not need to do this. At
present binman fails to start if HOME is not set.
Use the current directory as a default to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- video console refactoring and optimization
- support for fonts wider than 1 byte
- use named header for 8x16 font data
- support multiple fonts configuration
- move get_font_size() to truetype driver ops
- support font size configuration at runtime
- add 16x32 Terminus font from linux
- add 12x22 Sun font from linux
- add 12x22 console simple font test
- semihosting updates for arm and riscv, assorted arm64 core updates,
assorted ast2600 updates, remove some more unused code, some TI K3
defconfig and DTS updates, uniphier DTS updates, mpc83xx Kconfig
cleanup, re-add fttmr010 driver with an update to use DM.
Modern mobile phones typically have high pixel density.
Bootmenu is hardly readable on those with 8x16 font.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Modern mobile phones typically have high pixel density.
Bootmenu is hardly readable on those with 8x16 font.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow font size configuration at runtime for console_simple.c
driver. This needed for unit testing different fonts.
Configuring is done by `font` command, also used for font
selection in true type console.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since multiple vidconsole drivers exists, vidconsole_get_font_size()
implementation cannot longer live in vidconsole_uclass.c file.
Move current vidconsole_get_font_size logic to truetype driver ops.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This needed for unit testing different fonts.
Configured fonts are placed in an array of fonts.
First font is selected by default upon console probe.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[agust: fixed build error when bmp logo disabled]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Consistent font data header names needed to add new
fonts.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Devices with high ppi may benefit from wider fonts.
Current width implementation is limited by 1 byte, i.e. 8 bits.
New version iterates VIDEO_FONT_BYTE_WIDTH times, to process all
width bytes, thus allowing fonts wider than 1 byte.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- move common code to vidconsole_internal.h and console_core.c
- unite probe functions
- get rid of code duplications in switch across bpp values
- extract common pixel fill logic in two functions one per
horizontal and vertical filling
- rearrange statements in put_xy* methods in unified way
- replace types - uint*_t to u*
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
So far we used inline assembly to inject the actual instruction that
triggers the semihosting service. While this sounds elegant, as it's
really only about a few instructions, it has some serious downsides:
- We need some barriers in place to force the compiler to issue writes
to a data structure before issuing the trap instruction.
- We need to convince the compiler to actually fill the structures that
we use pointers to.
- We need a memory clobber to avoid the compiler caching the data in
those structures, when semihosting writes data back.
- We need register arguments to make sure the function ID and the
pointer land in the right registers.
This is all doable, but fragile and somewhat cumbersome. Since we now
have a separate function in an extra file anyway, we can do away with
all the magic and just write that in an actual assembler.
This is much more readable and robust.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
So far we used inline assembly to inject the actual instruction that
triggers the semihosting service. While this sounds elegant, as it's
really only about one instruction, it has some serious downsides:
- We need some barriers in place to force the compiler to issue writes
to a data structure before issuing the trap instruction.
- We need to convince the compiler to actually fill the structures that
we use pointers to.
- We need a memory clobber to avoid the compiler caching the data in
those structures, when semihosting writes data back.
- We need register arguments to make sure the function ID and the
pointer land in the right registers.
This is all doable, but fragile and somewhat cumbersome. Since we now
have a separate function in an extra file anyway, we can do away with
all the magic and just write that in an actual assembly file.
This is much more readable and robust.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Synchronize devicetree sources with Linux v6.2.
- Use GIC interrupt definitions
- Add reg properties in USB-glue and SoC-glue node
- Fix node names to follow the generic names list in DT specification
- Add L2 cache and AHCI nodes
- Update nand and pcie nodes
- And some trivial fixes
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
UniPhier DT applies its own USB node for U-Boot due to the USB driver
constrains. After solving this issue, u-boot allows the original USB node.
After switching USB node, synchronization of USB node with Linux becomes
possible.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Commit fe7d654d04 ("mpc83xx: Migrate CONFIG_SYS_{BR, OR}*_PRELIM to
Kconfig") converted CONFIG_SYS_{BRx/ORx}_PRELIM to Kconfig by
implementing a fine-grained selection of every bit in Kconfig.
But commit c7fad78ec0 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM et al to
Kconfig") reworked it so that you now just have to provide the raw
value of each register in Kconfig. However, all fine-grained
Kconfig items remained allthough they are not used anymore.
Remove them all.
Fixes: c7fad78ec0 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM et al to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
K3 devices have runtime type board detection. Make the default defconfig
include the secure configuration. Then remove the HS specific config.
Non-HS devices will continue to boot due to runtime device type detection.
If TI_SECURE_DEV_PKG is not set the build will emit warnings, for non-HS
devices these can be ignored.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
K3 devices have runtime type board detection. Make the default defconfig
include the secure configuration. Then remove the HS specific config.
Non-HS devices will continue to boot due to runtime device type detection.
If TI_SECURE_DEV_PKG is not set the build will emit warnings, for non-HS
devices these can be ignored.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
As the file spear_sdhci.c file is already removed, delete the associated
configuration CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_SPEAR.
Fixes: c942fc925e ("mmc: spear: remove the entire spear_sdhci.c file")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
As the lastest spear directories are removed, delete the associated entry
in Makefile.
Fixes: 570c3dcfc1 ("arm: Remove spear600 boards and the rest of SPEAr support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
According to the PLL vendor, we should keep the PLL power on, so we
shouldn't toggle the power-down bit during PLL initialization.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
According to the PLL vendor, we should keep the PLL power on, so we
shouldn't toggle the power-down bit during PLL initialization.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
count_required_pts()'s complexity is high if mappings are not using the
largest possible block size (due to some other requirement such as tracking
dirty pages, for example).
Let's switch to a method that follows the pattern established with
the add_map() helper, and make it almost instantaneous instead of
taking a large amount of time if 2MB mappings are in use instead of
1GB.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Fixup Pierre's commit. Rebase to the
upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Link: 5d756d147e
Link: 6be9330601
In the add_map() function, for each level it populates, it iterates from
the root of the PT tree, making it ineficient if a mapping needs to occur
past level 1.
Instead, replace it with a recursive (and much simpler) algorithm
that keeps the complexity as low as possible. With this, mapping
512GB at level 2 goes from several seconds down to not measurable
on an A55 machine.
We keep the block mappings at level 1 for now though.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Fixup Pierre's commit. Rebase to the
upstream ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Link: 96ad729cf4
Link: 6be9330601
The fttmr010 timer driver was deleted by
commit 29fc6f2492 ("ARM: remove a320evb board support")
The original source file was: arch/arm/cpu/arm920t/a320/timer.c
Return the driver to the codebase in a DM compatible form.
A platform using fttmr010 will be submitted later.
This hardware is described in the datasheet [1], starting from page 348.
According to the datasheet, there is a Revision Register at offset 0x3C,
which is not present in 'struct fttmr010'. Add it and debug() print
revision in probe function.
[1]
https://bitbucket.org/Kasreyn/mkrom-uc7112lx/src/master/documents/FIC8120_DS_v1.2.pdf
Signed-off-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Memory used to hold the page tables is allocated from the top of RAM
with no prior initialization and could therefore hold invalid data. As
invalidate_dcache_all() will be called before the MMU has been
initialized and as that function relies indirectly on the page tables
when using CMO_BY_VA_ONLY, these must be in a valid state from their
allocation.
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Fix checkpatch warnings, and rebased
to the upstream. ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Link: e3ceef4230
Exposing set/way cache maintenance to a virtual machine is unsafe, not
least because the instructions are not permission-checked but also
because they are not broadcast between CPUs. Consequently, KVM traps and
emulates such maintenance in the host kernel using by-VA operations and
looping over the stage-2 page-tables. However, when running under
protected KVM, these instructions are not able to be emulated and will
instead result in an exception being delivered to the guest.
Introduce CONFIG_CMO_BY_VA_ONLY so that virtual platforms can select
this option and perform by-VA cache maintenance instead of using the
set/way instructions.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <willdeacon@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
[ Paul: pick from the Android tree. Fixup Pierre's commit. And fix some
checkpatch warnings. Rebased to upstream. ]
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Link: db5507f47f
Link: 2baf54e743
- Partial merge of a series of mine to select some framework options
that shouldn't be prompted for (and remove some unused code related to
that), and a partial merge of a series from Simon to remove some dead
code and address various CONFIG_IS_ENABLED/IS_ENABLED issues in code.
At present we compile commands into U-Boot SPL even though they cannot
be used. This wastes space. Adjust the condition to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The conditions in this code do not align when doing an SPL build with
split config. Use __maybe_unused to avoid needing to be so explicit.
Of course a better solution would be to refactor all of this to avoid
using #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new SPL_PHY_ATHEROS to avoid a build error on am335x_evm with split
config.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This causes a build failure on mx6cuboxi with split config, since CMD_SATA
shows up as enabled in SPl (because there is no SPL_CMD_SATA).
The condition is wrong anyway, so change it to use SATA instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is used by ls1021atwr_sdcard_ifc_SECURE_BOOT with split config, but
is not needed anymore, since Ethernet migration is complete. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can use this feature in VPL, so add some options for it. Also fix a
typo in the SPL help while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is pretty messy at present since it relies on a SPL_SANDBOX option
that does not exist. Use the normal options instead, so that it will work
with split config.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is selected by PARTITION_UUIDS which has a separate option for SPL.
Add an SPL option for LIB_UUID also, so that we can keep them consistent.
Also add one for PARTITION_TYPE_GUID to avoid a build error in part_efi.c
which wants to call a uuid function in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we enable the sandbox I2C driver for all builds. Add a separate
Kconfig option to control this, so that it can be disabled in TPL, where
it is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
At present we enable the sandbox RTC driver for all builds. Add a separate
Kconfig option to control this, so that it can be disabled in TPL, where
it is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This should be checking for any SPL build. Drop the use of SPL_TPL_ since
it is not necessary and will not work with split config.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts 1 usage of this option to the non-SPL form, since there is
no SPL_DM_RNG defined in Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts 3 usages of this option to the non-SPL form, since there is
no SPL_PHY_FIXED defined in Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts 1 usage of this option to the non-SPL form, since there is
no SPL_PG_WCOM_UBOOT_UPDATE_SUPPORTED defined in Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
This converts 3 usages of this option to the non-SPL form, since there is
no SPL_MULTIPLEXER defined in Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts 2 usages of this option to the non-SPL form, since there is
no SPL_DISPLAY_AER_FULL defined in Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not used since time out of mind.
Drop the driver and Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
There are 4 USB controllers on MT8195, the controllers (IP1~IP3,
exclude IP0) have a wrong default SOF/ITP interval which is
calculated from the frame counter clock 24Mhz by default, but
in fact, the frame counter clock is 48Mhz, so we shall set the
accurate interval according to 48Mhz for those controllers.
Note:
The first controller no need set it, but if set it, shall change
tphy's pll at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The T-PHY controller is designed to use use PLL integer mode, but
in fact use fractional mode for some ones on mt8195 by mistake,
this causes signal degradation (e.g. eye diagram test fail), fix
it by switching PLL to 26Mhz from default 48Mhz to improve signal
quality.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Prefer to make use of FIELD_PREP() macro to prepare bitfield value,
then no need local macros anymore.
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
Imply means you can turn off the option and expect things to work
- "it's a good idea to have X enabled" is when to use imply
- "you must have X for Y to work" is when to use select
Use "select" here.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
If this hooks is needed later, it should be added and populated for
real.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As platforms which require this hook need this hook enabled, in order to
function, or do not need this hook, it doesn't make sense to prompt the
user. As all platforms that need this hook now select the symbol, remove
the prompt text.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The function arch_early_init_r only does anything on these platforms if
we have FPGA (or SPL and SPL_FPGA) enabled, so move the logic to select
based on that.
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to be calling arch_early_init_r() on 64bit mvebu platforms, so
move this to a select.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
While it is true that for some Samsung platforms, we call
get_board_type() the main usage of this CONFIG switch is to enable
board_types in global data, which is then used by various platforms.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In SPL are active memory maps set by the BootROM. Define them in cpu.h file
to the correct values. Some peripherals are not mapped at all.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Proper U-Boot moves SPI0 CS0 Flash mapping from 0xD4000000 to 0xF4000000
and change its size from 64 MB to 8 MB. Definitions are already in
MBUS_SPI_BASE/MBUS_SPI_SIZE macros. So define these macros also for SPL
build, use them in env_sf_get_env_addr() function and move this function
from spl.c to cpu.c to be available in Proper U-Boot too.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This new clearfog_sata_defconfig file is copy of existing
clearfog_defconfig file and changed to instruct build system to
generate final kwbimage for SATA booting.
This change is more readable via git option --find-copies-harder.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This new db-88f6820-amc_nand_defconfig file is copy of existing
db-88f6820-amc_defconfig file and changed to instruct build system to
generate final kwbimage for NAND booting. It was done by adding options:
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_NAND=y
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_NAND_BADBLK_LOCATION=0x00
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE=0x40000
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
Board has Micron MT29F8G08ABACAWP chip which is SLC NAND with 4kB page size
and block size of 64 pages.
This change was only compile-tested and is useful for CI testing that
mkimage can generate valid kwbimage of NAND type.
This change is more readable via git option --find-copies-harder.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_SPI is for NOR flash. Either serial or parallel. Not
for general serial/SPI devices. The correct name should be BOOT_DEVICE_NOR
but name SPI is already used in mkimage config format which we do not want
to change for compatibility reasons.
MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_MMC is for MMC and SD compatible devices. Not for
SDIO devices. In most cases used for eMMC or SD card.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add a new Kconfig option CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_PEX which instruct
make to generate kwbimage with PEX header. This image is used for booting
from PCI Express device which is in the Root Complex mode.
Support is very simple, SPL after finishes DDR training returns back to the
BootROM (via CONFIG_SPL_BOOTROM_SUPPORT option) and BootROM then start
executing U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add a new Kconfig option CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_NAND which instruct
make to generate kwbimage with NAND header. This image is used for booting
from NAND flash (either SPI or parallel).
Support is very simple, SPL after finishes DDR training returns back to the
BootROM (via CONFIG_SPL_BOOTROM_SUPPORT option) and BootROM then loads and
executes U-Boot proper.
To generate correct kwbimage NAND header, it is required to set following
Kconfig options:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_NAND_BADBLK_LOCATION
They are used only by make / mkimage when generating final kwbimage.
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_NAND_BADBLK_LOCATION is a new mvebu specific Kconfig
option which is set into kwbimage NAND_BADBLK_LOCATION header field.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This change add support for mkimage's -s option to kwbimage format. It will
create an kwbimage with empty data part of image (data part would contain
only required 32-bit checksum). mkimage's -s option is indicated by skipcpy
flag and it is basically in conflict with mkimage's -d (datafile) option.
"Empty" kwbimage with no data can still contain headers. For example it can
contain binary executable header which is copied by BootROM into L2SRAM.
This is useful for example for small images which can do not require DDR
RAM and can be run in L2SRAM (which do not require any initialization).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When mkimage was instructed to skip datafile via option -s then do not try
to validate or open datafile as it does not have to exist or to be
specified via -d option.
This change allows to use -s option for skipping datafile when -d option
for datafile was not specified.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When asking mkimage to create a new image file and option -d is not
specified then mkimage show human unfriendly error message:
mkimage: Can't open (null): Bad address
Without debugger it is hard to debug what is the issue. Function open() is
being called with file name set to NULL. So add a check for this and if it
happens then show human readable message that option -d was not specified.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Marvell BootROM can execute SPI images directly from NOR (either SPI/serial
or parallel) without copying them to DDR RAM. This is know at XIP - execute
in place. To achieve that, destination address in kwbimage must be set to
0xFFFFFFFF and execute address to the offset in bytes from the beginning of
NOR memory.
Kirkwood and Dove which use kwbimage v0 format and have SPI address space
mapped to physical memory at 0xE8000000-0xEFFFFFFF by BootROM.
Armada SoCs use kwbimage v1 format and have SPI address space mapped to
physical memory at 0xD4000000-0xD7FFFFFF and Device bus address space (used
for parallel NOR) at 0xD8000000-0xDFFFFFFF.
Add support for generating XIP kwbimages by mkimage -x flag and mark xflag
as valid option in kwbimage.c.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Skip filling legacy_img_hdr structure for XIP images which do not use
legacy_img_hdr structure header. Adding unwanted header to other image
formats, like kwbimage cause generation of broken image.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Secure boot header signature is calculated from the image header with
zeroed header checksum. Calculation is done in add_secure_header_v1()
function. So after calling this function no header member except
main_hdr->checksum can be modified. Commit 2b0980c240 ("tools: kwbimage:
Fill the real header size into the main header") broke this requirement as
final header size started to be filled into main_hdr->headersz_* members
after the add_secure_header_v1() call.
Fix this issue by following steps:
- Split header size and image data offset into two variables (headersz and
*dataoff).
- Change image_headersz_v0() and add_binary_header_v1() functions to return
real (unaligned) header size instead of image data offset.
- On every place use correct variable (headersz or *dataoff)
After these steps variable headersz is correctly filled into the
main_hdr->headersz_* members and so overwriting them in the end of the
image_create_v1() function is not needed anymore. Remove those overwriting
which effectively reverts changes in problematic commit without affecting
value in main_hdr->headersz_* members and makes secure boot header
signature valid again.
Fixes: 2b0980c240 ("tools: kwbimage: Fill the real header size into the main header")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Secure boot data image signature is calculated from the data image without
trailing 4-bit checksum. Commit 37cb9c15d7 ("tools: kwbimage: Simplify
aligning and calculating checksum") unintentionally broke this calculation
when it increased payloadsz variable by 4 bytes which was propagated also
into the add_secure_header_v1() function. Fix this issue by decreasing size
of buffer by 4 bytes from which is calculated secure boot data image
signature.
Fixes: 37cb9c15d7 ("tools: kwbimage: Simplify aligning and calculating checksum")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Variable imagesz in functions image_create_v0(), image_create_v1() and
kwbimage_set_header() stores offset to data from the beginning of the main
header. So it is not image size.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
To make add_secure_header_v1() function more readable, call it directly
with arguments: header pointer with header size and data image pointer with
data image size. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
For all images except SATA is data offset in bytes. For SATA it is in LBA
format (number of sectors). This is how Marvell BootROM interprets it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Use for it pretty print function: genimg_print_size(). This makes it more
human readable, like other offset and sizes printed by this tool.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In Dove functional specification, which use kwbimage v0, is also defined
nand block size field. So dump NAND_BLKSZ also for v0 images.
In Kirkwood functional specification, which also use kwbimage v0, this
field is not defined. So when it is zero and Kirkwood is detected, do not
dump it.
Fixes: f76ae2571f ("tools: kwbimage: Add support for dumping extended and binary v0 headers")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
mkimage -F option (re-sign existing FIT image) signaled by fflag is not
supported by kwbimage. So mark its usage as invalid parameter.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Checksum for v0 image must be generated after filling all fields in the
main header. Otherwise it would be invalid.
Exactly same problem for v1 images was already fixed in the past in commit
9203c73895 ("tools: kwbimage: Fix checksum calculation for v1 images").
Fixes: 5c61710c98 ("tools: kwbimage: Properly set srcaddr in kwbimage v0")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
kwbimage nandblocksize field is in 64 kB unit, but NAND_BLKSZ command
expects it in bytes. So do required unit conversion.
Also zero value in nandblocksize field has special meaning. When this field
is set to zero, the default block size is used. This default size is
defined by the NAND flash page size (16 KB for a 512B page or small page
NAND and 64 KB for a large page NAND flash).
Fixes: 1a8e6b63e2 ("tools: kwbimage: Dump kwbimage config file on '-p -1' option")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Value 0x0 for NAND_BADBLK_LOCATION/nandbadblklocation means that BBI is on
the first or second page and value 0x1 means that BBI is on the last page.
This indicates also NAND Flash Technology, value 0x0 is SLC NAND and value
0x1 is MLC NAND.
Therefore we need to dump NAND_BADBLK_LOCATION also when it is zero.
Note that in v0 images, nandbadblklocation field overlaps with ddrinitdelay
field in one union. ddrinitdelay is used in Kirkwood and nandbadblklocation
is used in Dove. For Dove images is_v0_ext should be set, so use it to
distinguish if nandbadblklocation is available or not. In v1 images there
is always nandbadblklocation field.
Fixes: 1a8e6b63e2 ("tools: kwbimage: Dump kwbimage config file on '-p -1' option")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Upper-bound for iterating for-loop over register set entries is incorrect.
Fix it byt calculating correct number of entries.
And fix also dumping the last entry DATA_DELAY, which is the last and not
first (zero).
Fixes: 1a8e6b63e2 ("tools: kwbimage: Dump kwbimage config file on '-p -1' option")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
'secure_mode' and 'fuse_read_u64' are used only on A38x and A37xx.
Fixes: f7b0bbca2b ("cmd: mvebu/bubt: Check for A38x/A37xx OTP secure bits and secure boot")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
For 32-bit Armada boards which use SPL we can determinate boot device from
existing MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_* option. For all other boards (e.g. 64-bit
Armada) default option still needs to be set manually.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
32-bit Armada SoCs uses u-boot binary packed in kwbimage format. Name of
the image is in CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET option. So use it as a default option
in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Variable image_size contains size of the header, not size of the whole
image. Rename this variable to reflect content.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This change allows to load boot image from the first SATA/SCSI device
partition and burn it to board boot location (e.g. SPI-NOR). This is
particularly when storage device is not handled by U-Boot as USB mass
storage (which is already supported by bubt) but as SATA/SCSI device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
All 32-bit Armada SoCs and also 64-bit Armada 3720 SoC can load and boot
firmware from SATA disk. This adds support for updating firmware binary for
these SoCs. On 32-bit Armada SoC is firmware stored at sector 1 and on
Armada 3720 is stored at MBR partition 0x4d or GPT partition with type GUID
6828311A-BA55-42A4-BCDE-A89BB5EDECAE (Marvell Armada 3700 Boot partition).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Support for burning into the correct eMMC HW boot partition was broken and
removed in commit 96be2f0727 ("mvebu: bubt: Drop dead code"). Reimplement
this functionality and bring it back again.
Fixes: 96be2f0727 ("mvebu: bubt: Drop dead code")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Show image type and version during parsing of kwbimage.
And show reasons in error messages when parsing failed.
This can help to debug issues with invalid images.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Marvell BootROM interprets execaddr of SPI/NOR XIP images as relative byte
offset from the from the beginning of the flash device. So if data image
offset and execute offset are not same then it is needed to adjust them
also in DDR RAM.
Fixes: f2c644e0b8 ("tools: kwboot: Patch destination address to DDR area for SPI image")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Some NOR images may be execute-in-place and do not contain DDR init code in
its kwbimage header. Such images cannot be booted over UART as BootROM
loads them to RAM. Add check that kwbimage contains DDR init code in its
header (either as binary code header or as the simple register-value set).
In some cases it is possible to load very small image into L2SRAM and when
DDR init code is not required. So check for L2SRAM load address and skip
DDR init code check in this case.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Before starting parsing of kwbimage, first validate that all optional v1
headers and correct. This prevents kwboot crashes on invalid input.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
The 32-bit data checksum in UART image is not checked by the BootROM and
also Marvell tools do not generate it.
So if data checksum stored in UART image does not match calculated checksum
from the image then treat those checksum bytes as part of the executable
image code (and not as the checksum) and for compatibility with the rest of
the code manually insert data checksum into the in-memory image after the
executable code, without overwriting it.
This should allow to boot UART images generated by Marvell tools.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add information of all available image types and where they should be
stored. Storage location offsets where documented from the disassembly of
the A385 BootROM image dump.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add reference to Avanta Boot Flow documentation, BobCat2, AlleyCat3 and
PONCat3 BootROM Firmware documentation and links to public Marvell tools:
hdrparser.c and doimage.c
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Marvell BootROM loads MMC image from sector 0 (HW boot or data partition)
and SD image from sector 1.
So for SD card booting it is needed to not use constant CONFIG MMC options
and instead of them it is needed to define functions spl_mmc_boot_mode()
spl_mmc_get_uboot_raw_sector() which determinate offsets at SPL runtime
based on MMC or SD card.
Calculation of SD card sector expects following values:
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_DATA_PART_OFFSET=0
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR=0
Fixes: 2226ca1734 ("arm: mvebu: Load U-Boot proper binary in SPL code based on kwbimage header")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
On some platforms is SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION unsupported. So allow to
completely disable MMC FS Boot support via new option SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT.
By default MMC FS Boot support is enabled (like it was before) except for
ARCH_MVEBU where MMC FS Boot supported is unsupported due to Marvell
BootROM limitations.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When eMMC boot is selected then BootROM loads kwbimage header (U-Boot SPL)
from the selected eMMC boot partition. So for eMMC boot ensure that U-Boot
SPL loads U-Boot proper (from kwbimage) also from the same selected eMMC
boot partition.
Fixes: 2226ca1734 ("arm: mvebu: Load U-Boot proper binary in SPL code based on kwbimage header")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
BOOT_DEVICE_MMC2 and BOOT_DEVICE_MMC2_2 are representing mmc dev 1 but all
Armada SoCs have only one mmc controller. So remove references to
non-existent second mmc controller.
Fixes: f830703f42 ("arm: mvebu: Check that kwbimage blockid matches boot mode")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Despite the official specification, Marvell BootROM does not interpret
srcaddr from SATA image as number of sectors the beginning of the hard
drive, but as number of sectors relative to the main header.
Reject invalid and accept valid SATA images.
Fixes: 5a06534933 ("cmd: mvebu/bubt: Check for A38x image data checksum")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Despite the official specification, Marvell BootROM does not interpret
srcaddr from SATA image as number of sectors the beginning of the hard
drive, but as number of sectors relative to the main header.
To process SATA kwbimage and load U-Boot proper from it in the same way as
Marvell BootROM, it is needed to interpret srcaddr as relative offset to
the main header. This change fixes booting of U-Boot proper from SPL code
in SATA image.
Fixes: 2226ca1734 ("arm: mvebu: Load U-Boot proper binary in SPL code based on kwbimage header")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Despite the official specification, Marvell BootROM does not interpret
srcaddr from SATA image as number of sectors the beginning of the hard
drive, but as number of sectors relative to the main header.
To parse SATA kwbimage in the same way as Marvell BootROM, it is needed to
interpret srcaddr as relative offset to the main header. This change fixes
loading of SATA images via kwboot over UART.
Fixes: 792e423550 ("tools: kwboot: Patch source address in image header")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Despite the official specification, Marvell BootROM does not interpret
srcaddr from SATA image as number of sectors the beginning of the hard
drive, but as number of sectors relative to the main header.
The main header is stored at absolute sector number 1. So do not add or
subtract it when calculating with relative offsets to the main header.
Fixes: 501a54a29c ("tools: kwbimage: Fix generation of SATA, SDIO and PCIe images")
Fixes: 5c61710c98 ("tools: kwbimage: Properly set srcaddr in kwbimage v0")
Fixes: e0c243c398 ("tools: kwbimage: Validate data checksum of v1 images")
Fixes: aa6943ca31 ("kwbimage: Add support for extracting images via dumpimage tool")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Despite the official specification, Marvell BootROM does not interpret
srcaddr from SDIO image as offset in number of sectors (like for SATA
image), but as offset in bytes (like for all other images except SATA).
To ensure that we do not store invalid SDIO image to the boot location
(read by the Marvell BootROM), we need to check that image is valid
and srcaddr is intepreted in bytes, in the same way as it is done by
Marvell BootROM.
This fixes rejecting valid and accepting invalid SDIO images by bubt command.
Fixes: 5a06534933 ("cmd: mvebu/bubt: Check for A38x image data checksum")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Despite the official specification, Marvell BootROM does not interpret
srcaddr from SDIO image as offset in number of sectors (like for SATA
image), but as offset in bytes (like for all other images except SATA).
To process SDIO kwbimage and load U-Boot proper from it in the same way as
Marvell BootROM, it is needed to interpret srcaddr in bytes. This change
fixes booting of U-Boot proper from SPL code stored in SDIO image.
Fixes: 2226ca1734 ("arm: mvebu: Load U-Boot proper binary in SPL code based on kwbimage header")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Despite the official specification, Marvell BootROM does not interpret
srcaddr from SDIO image as offset in number of sectors (like for SATA
image), but as offset in bytes (like for all other images except SATA).
To parse SDIO kwbimage in the same way as Marvell BootROM, it is needed to
interpret srcaddr in bytes. This change fixes loading of SDIO images via
kwboot over UART.
Fixes: 792e423550 ("tools: kwboot: Patch source address in image header")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Despite the official specification, Marvell BootROM does not interpret
srcaddr from SDIO image as offset in number of sectors (like for SATA
image), but as offset in bytes (like for all other images except SATA).
To generate SDIO kwbimage compatible with Marvell BootROM, it is needed to
have srcaddr in bytes. This change fixes SDIO images for Armada 38x SoCs.
Fixes: 501a54a29c ("tools: kwbimage: Fix generation of SATA, SDIO and PCIe images")
Fixes: 5c61710c98 ("tools: kwbimage: Properly set srcaddr in kwbimage v0")
Fixes: e0c243c398 ("tools: kwbimage: Validate data checksum of v1 images")
Fixes: aa6943ca31 ("kwbimage: Add support for extracting images via dumpimage tool")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
TPM auto startup and testing:
Due to U-Boot's lazy binding we always relied on command line tools to
initialize the TPM subsystem and devices. One exception is the EFI
subsystem. When compiled with TCG2 measured boot support the TPM was
automatically initialized.
However that init was not complete. The TCG specs [0] (and specifically
§12.3 Self-test modes) describe how self-tests on the device should be
performed. This PR is adding an extra API function, that can be used to
initialize the TPM2.0 properly.
Simon added the equivalent for TPM1.2 and refactored the DM tests to
include the new funtion.
[0] https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TPM-Rev-2.0-Part-1-Architecture-01.07-2014-03-13.pdf
Pull request for u-boot-nand-20230227
- mark reserved blocks from Ashok Reddy Soma
- backport BRCMNAND changes from Linux from Linus Walleij
- fix display of unknown raw ID from Patrice Chotard
- show reserved block in chip.erase from Michael Trimarchi
Add an implementation of this, moving the common call to tpm_init() up
into the common API implementation.
Add a test.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Currently there is only one test and it only works on TPM v2. Update it
to work on v1.2 as well, using a new function to pick up the required
TPM.
Update sandbox to include both a v1.2 and v2 TPM so that this works.
Split out the existing test into two pieces, one for init and one for
the v2-only report_state feature.
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
A prior patch adds a new API function for TPM2.0, which performs
the full startup sequence of the TPM. Add a selftest for that.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
All the TPM drivers as well as out TCG TIS API for a TPM2.0 device
return -EBUSY if the device has already been opened. Adjust
the sandbox TPM do return the same error code.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
A previous commit is adding a new tpm startup functions which
initializes the TPMv2 and performs all the needed selftests.
Since the TPM selftests might be needed depending on the requested
algorithm or functional module use that instead.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
As described in [0] if a command requires use of an untested algorithm
or functional module, the TPM performs the test and then completes the
command actions.
Since we don't check for TPM_RC_NEEDS_TEST (which is the return code of
the TPM in that case) and even if we would, it would complicate our TPM
code for no apparent reason, add a wrapper function that performs both
the selftest and the startup sequence of the TPM.
It's worth noting that this is implemented on TPMv2.0. The code for
1.2 would look similar, but I don't have a device available to test.
[0]
https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TPM-Rev-2.0-Part-1-Architecture-01.07-2014-03-13.pdf
§12.3 Self-test modes
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
I had added this line locally, rebuild the image, but didn't ensure that
I had committed the correct version of the patch as well.
Fixes: 75b031ee4a ("Dockerfile: download binaries for Nokia RX-51")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The "nand chip.erase" command always printed as bad blocks even in the
case of reserved blocks. Reserved blocks are used for storing bad block
tables. The patch displays "bbt reserved" when printing reserved blocks in
"nand chip.erase" command.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
In case ID is not found in manufacturer table, the raw ID is
printed using %*phN format which is not supported by lib/vsprintf.c.
The information displayed doesn't reflect the raw ID return by the
unknown spi-nand.
Use %02x format instead, as done in spi-nor-core.c.
For example, before this patch:
ERROR: spi-nand: spi_nand flash@0: unknown raw ID f74ec040
after
ERROR: spi-nand: spi_nand flash@0: unknown raw ID 00 c2 26 03
Fixes: 0a6d6bae03 ("mtd: nand: Add core infrastructure to support SPI NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Acked-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reserved blocks are used for storing bad block tables. With "nand bad"
command, these reserved blocks are shown as bad blocks. This is leading
to confusion when compared with Linux bad blocks. Hence, display
"bbt reserved" when printing reserved blocks with "nand bad" command.
To acheive this, return 2 which represents reserved from nand_isbad_bbt()
instead of 1 in case of reserved blocks and catch it in cmd/nand.c.
"nand bad" command display's hexadecimal numbers, so add "0x" prefix.
Example log will show up as below.
ZynqMP> nand bad
Device 0 bad blocks:
0x00400000
0x16800000
0x16c00000
0x17000000
0x3d800000
0x3e400000
0xe8400000
0xff000000 (bbt reserved)
0xff400000 (bbt reserved)
0xff800000 (bbt reserved)
0xffc00000 (bbt reserved)
0x116800000
0x116c00000
0x1ff000000 (bbt reserved)
0x1ff400000 (bbt reserved)
0x1ff800000 (bbt reserved)
0x1ffc00000 (bbt reserved)
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-By: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
- Merge in changes to our Dockerfile so that we build and download ahead
of time all of the components required to run the nx51 test scripts.
This will both speed up the specific job and address failures in Azure
where the ipk files fail to download.
Now that the Dockerfile creates images which have the binaries we
require included, have CI make symlinks for them and update the existing
script to support this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Downloading files for a test may fail if the server is offline.
It is preferable to provide the files in our Docker image.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make sure the PHY subsystem is activated for the uniphier DWC3 glue
logic, as it depends on PHY implementation there.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
dwc3-uniphier depends on xhci-dwc3 framework, however, it is preferable
to use dwc3-generic.
This driver calls the exported dwc3-generic functions and redefine
the SoC-dependent operations to fit dwc3-generic.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add USB3 PHY driver support to control clocks and resets needed to enable
PHY. The phy_ops->init() and exit() control PHY clocks and resets only,
and clocks and resets for the controller and the parent logic are enabled
in advance.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The USB SS-PHY needs its own clock, however, some clocks don't have
clock gates. Define missing clock entries for the PHY as reference
clock.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add reset control support in USB glue logic. This needs to control
the external clocks and resets for the logic before accessing the
glue logic.
The USB dm tree when using dwc3-generic is the following:
USB glue
+-- controller (need controller-reset)
+-- controller-reset (need syscon-reset)
+-- phy
The controller needs to deassert "controller-reset" in USB glue before
the controller registers are accessed. The glue needs to deassert
"syscon-reset" before the glue registers are accessed.
The glue itself doesn't have "syscon-reset", so the controller-reset
controls "syscon-reset" instead.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add the size of regs property to the glue structure to correctly
specify the register region to map.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In order to allow external SoC-dependent glue drivers to use dwc3-generic
functions, push the glue structures and export the functions to a header
file.
The exported structures and functions are:
- struct dwc3_glue_data
- struct dwc3_glue_ops
- dwc3_glue_bind()
- dwc3_glue_probe()
- dwc3_glue_remove()
The SoC-dependent glue drivers can only define their own wrapper driver
and specify these functions. The drivers can also add their own compatible
strings and configure functions.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Same as the reset cotnrol, should add a clock initialization in child DT
node, if the glue node doesn't have any clocks.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The most of devicetree has the following USB node structure.
The controller node is placed as a child node of the glue node.
Current dwc3-generic driver works on this premise.
glue {
/* glue node */
usb {
/* controller node */
};
};
However, UniPhier original devicetree has the following USB node structure.
The controller node is separately placed from the glue node.
usb {
/* controller node */
};
glue {
/* glue node */
};
In dwc_glue_bind(), this patch provides .glue_get_ctrl_dev() callback to
get such a controller node and binds the driver related to the node.
If this callback isn't defined, dwc_glue_bind() looks for the controller
nodes from the child nodes, as before.
Suggested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
There are currently four disparate placement possibilities of DWC3
reference clock phandle in SoC DTs:
- in top level glue node, with generic subnode without clock (ZynqMP)
- in top level generic node, with no subnode (i.MX8MQ)
- in generic subnode, with other clock in top level node (i.MX8MP)
- in both top level node and generic subnode (Rockchip)
Cover all the possibilities here by looking into both nodes, start
with the top level node as that seems to be used in majority of DTs
to reference the clock.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Test that:
- sandbox shows a warning when an unmigrated DT is used
- sandbox fails to run when migration is turned off
- sandbox_spl fails to build when migration is turned off
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These should not be used anymore. Add a check to ensure they don't creek
back into U-Boot. Use bootph-... instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that Linux has accepted these tags, move U-Boot over to use them.
Tidy up the comments and formatting, making sure that VPL is mentioned
too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a CONFIG option to deal with this automatically, printing a warning
when U-Boot starts up. This can be useful if the device tree comes from
another project.
We will maintain this through the 2023.07 release, providing 6 months
for people to notice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Version 4:
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
U-Boot has some particular challenges with device tree and devices:
- U-Boot has multiple build phases, such as a Secondary Program Loader
(SPL) phase which typically runs in a pre-SDRAM environment where code
and data space are limited. In particular, there may not be enough
space for the full device tree blob. U-Boot uses various automated
techniques to reduce the size from perhaps 40KB to 3KB. It is not
always possible to handle these tags entirely at build time, since
U-Boot proper must have the full device tree, even though we do not
want it to process all nodes until after relocation.
- Some U-Boot phases needs to run before the clocks are properly set up,
where the CPU may be running very slowly. Therefore it is important to
bind only those devices which are actually needed in that phase
- U-Boot uses lazy initialisation for its devices, with 'bind' and
'probe' being separate steps. Even if a device is bound, it is not
actually probed until it is used. This is necessary to keep the boot
time reasonable, e.g. to under a second
The phases of U-Boot in order are: TPL, VPL, SPL, U-Boot (first
pre-relocation, then post-relocation). ALl but the last two are optional.
For the above reasons, U-Boot only includes the full device tree in the
final 'U-Boot proper' build. Even then, before relocation U-Boot only
processes nodes which are marked as being needed.
For this to work, U-Boot's driver model[1] provides a way to mark device
tree nodes as applicable for a particular phase. This works by adding a
tag to the node, e.g.:
cru: clock-controller@ff760000 {
bootph-all;
compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-cru";
reg = <0x0 0xff760000 0x0 0x1000>;
rockchip,grf = <&grf>;
#clock-cells = <1>;
#reset-cells = <1>;
...
};
Here the "bootph-all" tag indicates that the node must be present in all
phases, since the clock driver is required.
There has been discussion over the years about whether this could be done
in a property instead, e.g.
options {
bootph-all = <&cru> <&gpio_a> ...;
...
};
Some problems with this:
- we need to be able to merge several such tags from different .dtsi files
since many boards have their own specific requirements
- it is hard to find and cross-reference the affected nodes
- it is more error-prone
- it requires significant tool rework in U-Boot, including fdtgrep and
the build system
- is harder (slower, more code) to process since it involves scanning
another node/property to find out what to do with a particular node
- we don't want to add phandle arguments to the above since we are
referring, e.g., to the clock device as a whole, not a paricular clock
- the of-platdata feature[2], which converts device tree to C for even
more constrained environments, would need to become aware of the
/options node
There is also the question about whether this needs to be U-Boot-specific,
or whether the tags could be generic. From what I can tell, U-Boot is the
only bootloader which seriously attempts to use a runtime device tree in
all cases. For this version, an attempt is made to name the phases in a
generic manner.
It should also be noted that the approach provided here has stood the test
of time, used in U-Boot for 8 years so far.
So add the schema for this. This will allow a major class of schema
exceptions to be dropped from the U-Boot source tree.
This has been applied upstream[3]
[1] https://u-boot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/develop/driver-model/index.html
[2] https://u-boot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/develop/driver-model/of-plat.html
[3] https://github.com/devicetree-org/dt-schema/commit/63bd847
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
2023-02-14 09:42:14 -07:00
3465 changed files with 123693 additions and 49817 deletions
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
